21 CBLT StoreDesignGuidelines

THE COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF®
STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES

See vendor contact sheet
for vendor info.
© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. SPECIFICATIONS STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 2
INTRODUCTION
ABOUT THIS GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our coffee and tea houses let the sun in and brighten your day. We are as
passionate about our guests as we are about our coffee and tea – which makes us 1. BRAND BASICS 1.1 - 1.5
the perfect place to chill out and have a cup, or just pop in and grab something to
go. No matter how long guests stay, they will feel a little lighter than before they
arrived. Our passion is seen, heard, and felt. You cannot miss it.
2. RETAIL BRAND PLATFORM 2.1 - 2.11
Each element of The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® tradedress has been carefully
evaluated for its ability to create an experience that reflects our unique SoCal vibe,
connects with our target customer, and adapts to different locations. While each 3. STORE DESIGN 3.1 -3.17
location should have a local feel, the customer experience should uphold core
tenets of the brand at every location, on every visit.
When we use The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf®tradedress elements correctly 4. EXTERIOR PLANNING & DESIGN 4.1 - 4.25
and consistently, we maintain the brand image our guests expect. Delivering a
consistent experience strengthens awareness and recognition, which leads to
loyalty. When we carefully protect our brand assets, we help ensure our business 5. INTERIOR PLANNING & DESIGN 5.1 - 5.26
success – it’s a critical investment in building value for every franchisee.
6. INTERIOR ELEMENTS 6.1 - 6.23

* The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® Brand Guide is the overarching document for
the brand. Every employee and partner who touches the brand should refer back
to it so that we are all headed in the same direction. However, there are nuances
7. SPECIFICATIONS 7.1 - 7.21
that must be detailed when it comes to our physical stores, in those instances The
Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® Store Design Guidelines should be referenced. The
Store Design Guidelines builds on the Brand and in some cases refines or amends
certain rules. In those cases, the Store Design Guideline should be referred to and 8. GENERAL EQUIPMENT 8.1-8.118
followed.*
9. ART GUIDE 9.1-9.43
X
NOTE: Any changes proposed by area
developers must be approved by the
designated representative of International
Coffee & Tea, LLC (ICT). ICT owns all creative
assets, trademarks and intellectual property Look for these icons throughout the manual for
rights and reserves the rights to approve, important points you don’t want to miss.
deny or change any submitted proposal.

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. INTRODUCTION STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 3
for vendor info.

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. SPECIFICATIONS STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 4
BRAND BASICS
GUIDING PRINCIPLES
OUR VISION
To be the best specialty coffee and tea retailer that brews
relaxed optimism with genuine care from seed to cup.
OUR MISSION
To create a spirit within our company that inspires our
passionate and proud team members to take guests on a
delicious journey.
OUR VALUES
Our values are embodied by our coffee and tea
excellence, our relaxed and optimistic environment, and
our personal and personable service.
OUR RELATIONSHIPS
From the communities where our ingredients are grown
to the communities where our drinks are served, we value
each and every relationship we form—whether its with our
farmers, our baristas, or our guests.
Get more info on our brand –

see The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf®
Brand Guidelines

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. BRAND BASICS STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 1.2
OUR MANIFESTO
This is the story of waking up every morning

and trying to do things better.
Being a little bit different.
And being true to ourselves.
Being a local favorite.
And a place where anybody can feel at home.
This is the story of a passionate, all consuming love
of great coffee and incredible tea.
Sourcing locally before that was a thing.
Handpicking beans and leaves grown on family farms.
Finding fabulous flavors from all over the world.
Honoring relationships with our farmers, our baristas,
our communities and our guests.
And serving it all up with a shot of relaxed optimism.
This is the story of starting small.
One location out to be the best.
And never losing that mentality.
Because we know that every cup can be so much more.
A springboard.
A muse.
An infusion of inspiration.
A jolt of creativity.
The bookends of the perfect day.
It’s why we do what we do.
It’s how we got where we are.
It’s what makes us The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf®.
We source coffee & tea direct from estates around the globe to offer
our signature range of exotic products.
THE COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF®
Passion for Coffee & Tea Since 1963

OUR BRAND
The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® brand has always
had a caring, creative spirit. Our energy, embodied
by our team members, has made us famous and
beloved by our guests – first in Southern California
and now around the globe.
We have been building our rich heritage since
Awaken the Possibility in Your Day
1963, and we are not stopping now. We can shape OUR ESSENCE
our identity to resonate with millions of guests
by constructing one consistent look and voice –
from Southern California to Singapore,Thailand, To be the best specialty coffee and tea retailer who brews
Maryland, Malaysia. This is only possible if everyone relaxed optimism with genuine care from seed to cup
comes together to build an unwavering brand on a OUR VISION
united front. A brand that is instantly recognizable
and undoubtedly dependable.
Let’s build an unforgettable brand together.
One brand. One voice.
Your “go-to” friend – fun, positive, curious, open-minded and a believer in you
OUR RESPONSIBILITY
Coffee & Tea Excellence Relaxed Optimism Personal & Personable

PRODUCT ENVIRONMENT SERVICE
OUR VALUES
• Since 1963, we’ve sourced only the finest • Our stores create a warm and cozy • We are dedicated to forming genuine
coffee and tea from people we know and atmosphere with a friendly vibe that relationships with our guests.
trust. balances fast, efficient service with an
inviting space to relax. • We are part of your community.
• We roast and pre-blend our coffee and tea
in small batches by hand to achieve each • Wholesome authenticity drives our • Our baristas care about our guests.
individual flavor profile. expression of materials, our color pallete,
and our store’s connection to the • We help guests find their flavor and
• We favor a more delicate roasting style community. customize their drink to the best drink
that makes our coffee smoother, milder, for each individual.
and more flavorful than most. • Bright and fresh environments give our
stores the ability to showcase our high • Guests love The Original Ice
• We have a proud history of contributing to quality products. Blended® drink for its delicious flavor
and strengthening the communities where combinations and customizations.
our coffee and tea grows and to nurturing
the bond between our origin suppliers • We are striving to make the world a
and our guests. better place.
see The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® • Our dedication and passion for both • FROTH: Friendly, Respect, Ownership,
Brand Guidelines coffee and tea is evident in every drink. Teamwork, Honesty.
REASONS TO BELIEVE

OUR TARGET CUSTOMER
POSSIBILITY SEEKERS
They come to The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® stores because it’s the coffee and tea
house they love. It’s their perfect place to set the tone for their day, whether they’re
catching up with friends, taking time for themselves, or simply refueling. Whatever
the reason they come in and however long they stay, The Coffee Bean and Tea
Leaf® is there to satisfy their needs.
LIFESTYLE NEEDS
SOCIAL NEED PHYSICAL NEED
A comfortable place to spend An energizer to keep going
time with people
MENTAL NEED
A moment to boost their mood
SITE CRITERIA @ 1 MILE
20,000+ 35 10,000+
9,500
POPULATION MEDIAN AGE TOTAL HHs DAYTIME/ EMPLOYEE
POPULATION
$55,000+ $75,000+ 15% +
MEDIAN HH AVERAGE HH BA DEGREE 2.45 AVERAGE

INCOME INCOME ATTAINMENT HH SIZE
TRAFFIC COUNTS
22,000 18,000
CPD PRIMARY CPD SECONDARY

STREET STREET

Brand Guidelines

RETAIL BRAND PLATFORM
ABOUT THIS GUIDE
Awaken the possibility

in your day.
This manual was developed to help you understand the store formats, tiers, and environmental trade-dress options
available. You’ll learn how the elements, materials, and signage should be used together for a cohesive experience.
Links to vendor contacts are provided in the back of this manual for placing orders.
All elements and specifications in this have been approved and are not to be altered from the parameters set forth
in this guide. While the guide does not provide a solution for every situation that may arise, the principles should
provide an approach that can be applied to most any need. When in doubt, contact Corporate Store Design.
Our retail experience expresses the idea of Southern California culture

and spirit, which is something that is felt, not overtly said. It is not the
stereotypical visual cues i.e., Palm Trees, Hollywood sign, etc.

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. STORE DESIGN STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 2.3
OUR RETAIL BRAND EXPRESSION

OUR RETAIL BRAND PERSONALITY
Passionate warm FRESH
RELAXED
WHOLESOME
CREATIVE
Welcoming
COZY

OUR INTERIOR DESIGN RETAIL COLOR PALETTE: BREW
Color plays an integral part in our brand identity and
COLOR PANTONE / PMS PAINT
primary color pallet provide a backdrop to ownable
accents of our highly recognized Purple Straw. COLOR SCHEME1
TILE:
Added accent colors extend the palette to add Latte Warm Gray 1 C REVERE PEWTER
warmth and vibrancy to our in-store communications. HC-172
They help us differentiate different types of
messaging, as well as give flexibility to signal Warm Gray 8 C EAGLE ROCK
Cappuccino
changes in promotional messaging. 1469
These colors compliment and coordinate with our
Brand colors, however they are not the same. These Americano 2336 C GRAPHITE
colors are specific to physical store paints, fabrics, 1603
wall coverings, and accent pieces; not for graphic
design or marketing materials.

UNIVERSAL ACCENTS COLORS
Purple Straw 269 C MYSTICAL GRAPE COUNTER:
2071-30
The Coffee Bean Cream 9226 C CHINA WHITE
PM-20
The Coffee Bean Brown 4625 C ENGLISH MANOR
2103-20
Surfer Tan 470 C GOLD RUSH
2166-10
Summer Sunset 7577 C STARTLING ORANGE
140
Swell Blue 321 C SURF BLUE
2056-30
Dolphin Nose 7472 C TEAL TONE WOOD:
663
NOTE: Benjamin Moore paint colors
Bean Green 377 C DARK LIME
are for reference only. Paint should be
2027-10
matched based off the pantone color
provided. Tea Bud 366 C FEEL THE ENERGY
417
NOTE: See specification for full color
and material opetions.

OUR INTERIOR DESIGN RETAIL COLOR PALETTE: STEEP
Color plays an integral part in our brand identity and
primary color pallet provide a backdrop to ownable
accents of our highly recognized Purple Straw. COLOR SCHEME1
TILE:
Added accent colors extend the palette to add Latte Warm Gray 1 C REVERE PEWTER
warmth and vibrancy to our in-store communications. HC-172
They help us differentiate different types of
messaging, as well as give flexibility to signal 7536 C ALEXANDRIA BEIGE
Chai
changes in promotional messaging. HC-77
These colors compliment and coordinate with our
Brand colors, however they are not the same. These Pu’er 7531 C MIDDLEBURY BROWN
colors are specific to physical store paints, fabrics, HC-68
wall coverings, and accent pieces; not for graphic
design or marketing materials.

UNIVERSAL ACCENTS COLORS
Purple Straw 269 C MYSTICAL GRAPE COUNTER:
2071-30
The Coffee Bean Cream 9226 C CHINA WHITE
PM-20
The Coffee Bean Brown 4625 C ENGLISH MANOR
2103-20
Surfer Tan 470 C GOLD RUSH
2166-10
Summer Sunset 7577 C STARTLING ORANGE
140
Swell Blue 321 C SURF BLUE
2056-30
Dolphin Nose 7472 C TEAL TONE WOOD:
663
NOTE: Benjamin Moore paint colors
Bean Green 377 C DARK LIME
are for reference only. Paint should be
2027-10
matched based off the pantone color
provided. Tea Bud 366 C FEEL THE ENERGY
417
NOTE: See specification for full color
and material opetions.

OUR INTERIOR DESIGN RETAIL COLOR PALETTE
COLOR SCHEME: BREW COLOR SCHEME: STEEP

OUR RETAIL LOGOS
The type is clean and premium, while the tilt keeps
us relaxed. The bean and leaf are united by an
ampersand to represent the
equal importance of coffee and tea. And the “Est.
1963” nods to our brand heritage.
Standards for how our logos are used are detailed in

the Exterior and Interior sections of
this guide.
™ or ® is not required on exterior signage.

SIMPLIFIED HERO
PRIMARY/ STACKED DRIVE THRU BOX / WITH WAY-FINDING
PRIMARY/IN-LINE
X NEVER alter, reformat, or distort

our logos.
CONDENSED
For more on how to use logos,

Brand Guidelines

OUR RETAIL FONTS
Our fonts also play an integral part in our brand AVENIR NEXT
identity and graphical look. Using them as specified
results in highly-recognizable communication.
PRIMARY FONT
AaBbCc123
Avenir Next Bold AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMmNnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz0123456789
The Avenir Next Font Family
Avenir Next Medium AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMmNnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz0123456789
HEADLINES
Typeface: Avenir Next Bold
HELLO BEAUTIFUL
Color: Purple Straw
SUBHEADS
Typeface: Avenir Next Medium
Color: Purple Straw
AaBbCc123
AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMmNnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz0123456789
BODY COPY
Typeface: Avenir Next Medium
Color: Earl Grey
HELLO BEAUTIFUL ALTERNATES
SPECIALTY HEADLINES
AaBbCc
Typeface: Hello Beautiful
Color: Purple Straw
AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMmNnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz
HELLO BEAUTIFUL MARKER
AaBbCc123
AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMmNnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz0123456789
NOTE: Store exterior signage shall be

Avenir Next Bold ONLY

for vendor info.

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. SPECIFICATIONS STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 2.11
STORE DESIGN
CORE TENETS OF OUR DESIGN PALETTE
Our stores are designed to deliver an experience
that reflects the brand and meets our guests’ needs.
Regardless of store format, size, or locale, all The
Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® stores are designed to
embody three core tenets.
Color and finish choices coordinate to make our
stores recognizable where ever they are, but also
provide flexibility to ensure each store connects to
its local community. The palette can be light, bright,
and energetic for on-the-go urban locations, or
lean toward soft, warm, and cozy for those that are
grounded into a neighborhood.
AUTHENTIC RELAXED FRESH

Wholesome authenticity drives our Our warm and cozy environments has a Bright and fresh environments give our
expression of materials, clean lines, and friendly vibe that balances our fast, efficient stores the ability to showcase our high
impeccable detailing. Our color palette is service with an inviting space to relax. quality products. Focusing on comfort our
based on natural elements that occurs Our bold architecture has a calm, casual customers appreciate, with our playful
in our local environment. Our stores are an sensibility with warm woods, rich patterns, attitude.
extension of the community that our team textured surfaces and lively artwork.
members feel proud ownership to be a
member of.

KEY ELEMENTS OF OUR DESIGN PALETTE
Used together, these four key elements support our
brand and represent our distinctive look and feel in
the marketplace.
}
EXTERIOR INTERIOR
1. Lock up w/ Primary Stacked text or Hero logo 1. Core message 2. Natural oak accents & details
AUTHENTIC
2. Hero Logo & Managers name on the door 3. Custom patterned backsplash 4. “Bean” “&” “Leaf” retail display
TRADE DRESS HIERARCHY
3. Warm color or material accents 5. Tea Crate design elements 6. “Find Your Flavor” and Local Art
RELAXED
4. Awnings with “Established in 1963” 7. Community Table 8. Lounge Seating
5. Umbrellas 9. Product show case shelves 10. Heritage Mural

FRESH
6. Comfortable & inviting patio furniture 11. Condiment Bar In-Store Storytelling 12. Community Board

Brand Guidelines

KEY ELEMENTS OF OUR DESIGN PALETTE - EXTERIOR
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
1. Key sigange. Hero or PURPLE Icon w/ stacked letters 2. Hero Logo & Managers name on the door 3. Warm color or material accents
4. Awnings with “Established in 1963” 5. Umbrellas 6. Comfortable & inviting patio furniture

KEY ELEMENTS OF OUR DESIGN PALETTE - INTERIOR
1. 2. 3.
4 5. 6.
1. Core message 2. Natural Oak accents & details 3. Custom patterned backsplash
4. “Bean” “&” “Leaf” display 5. Tea Crate design elements 6. “Find Your Flavor” & Local art

KEY ELEMENTS OF OUR DESIGN PALETTE - INTERIOR
7. 8. 9.
10. 11.
7. Community Table/ Seating 8. Lounge Seating 9. Product show case shelves
10. Heritage Mural 11. Condiment Bar In-Store Storytelling

DESIGN PALETTE EXAMPLES
EXTERIOR

PATIO

ENTRY, GATHERING SPACE, MERCHANDISE

ORDER

PICK-UP

KITCHEN

LIVING ROOM

OUR STORE FORMATS & TIERS
Every location is unique, from urban to suburban locations, from strip center
to freestanding stores. We’ve developed a strategy for developing markets
to drive success for our franchisees and a system for adapting store design to INFLUENCER
every location. • 10% of stores, positioned to have the largest impact in a trade area
STORE FORMATS • Focused on customer experience with a high emphasis on specialty coffee and tea
We have developed two store formats: Non Drive-Thru and Drive-Thru. Other • Meets the social and mental needs of our customers – Captures the mindshare of the neighborhood
than the functional elements required for the addition of a drive-thru, the • Launch and test site for new innovations
formats are the same. • Highest investment, with highest profile and return potential
STORE TIERS
Our three tiers work in concert, supporting one another to build strong market
penetration, brand awareness, and brand preference. Each plays an important
role: Influencer, Brand Builder, and
Market Builder.
BRAND BUILDER
• 40% of stores, expands reach of Influencer stores in trade area
• Balanced customer approach between convenience and experience
• Create “Instagram-able” moments
• Emphasizes all aspects of ICT’s core values
• Focus on the social needs of our customers, with an emphasis on providing environments
that meet various need states
• Mid-range investment level
MARKET BUILDER
• 50% of stores, leverages halo effect on outer edge of trade area
• Strong emphasis on convenience
• Significant demographic and psychographic shift in customer profile
• Preference to drive-thru locations on transportation hubs
• Lower investment level and footprint
Note that other specialty formats,

such as kiosks, are available to take
advantage of qualified business
opportunities.

EXTERIOR PLANNING
& DESIGN
ABOUT THIS SECTION:
EXTERIOR PLANNING AND DESIGN
}
The outside of our stores is our first interaction with
our guests and tells our brand story to everyone who
sees it. Our stores are warm and cozy places with a
friendly SoCal vibe with inviting indoor and outdoor
spaces to relax.
There are sections of this document that may refine EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
or amend The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® Guidelines.
Especially in regards to building signage. In those
cases, the Store Design Guideline should be referred
to and followed.
1. Lock up w/ Primary Stacked text or Hero logo
AUTHENTIC
2. Hero Logo & Managers name on the door
TRADE DRESS HIERACHRY

3. Warm color or material accents
RELAXED
4. Awnings with “Established in 1963”
5. Umbrellas
FRESH
6. Comfortable & inviting patio furniture

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. EXTERIOR PLANNING & DESIGN STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 4.3
SITE PLAN: DRIVE THRU
DRIVE AISLE
• Direction Signage is the first contact with a drive
thru customer. Adequate directional signage
ensures your first time customer can easily find the SITE ACCESS
drive thru lane.
• A height restriction bar is necessary to your drive DIRECTION SIGN
thru, as many taller vehicles may cause damage Provide conduit for power.
to canopies and awnings over the service window.
”R
’ -0
• Provide a dedicated drive thru lane with an eight LOOP SENSOR
25
(8) car stack minimum, 9 - 10 preferred. 1 1/2” conduit stubbed to 11’ AFF in BOH.
2
• The drive thru lane should be a minimum of 10" MIN, 14” MAX. FACE OF CURB TO
’-0”R
12’ in width. A 20’ inside turning radius 20 SERVICE WINDOW
and 25’ outside turning radius is recommended. 3
The architect to confirm with city and county 20’ INTR. RADIUS & 25’ EXTR. RADIUS
requirements for each site. 36’-0” x 50’-0” MENU BOARD
• A ‘pull forward car holding area’ or ‘vehicle pass- IDEAL DIMS. Provide conduit for power.
by lane’ after the service window may be required
by some local jurisdictions. ORDER CONFIRMATION BOARD
+/-1,800 SQ-FT 4 Two, 2” conduit from OCB to Back Of House,
• Provide convenient ingress and egress to both site
and drive thru. Provide min. 6 car spce from DT Window.
• A 8”min to 14”max from face of service window LOOP SENSOR
to end of curb should be provided. Conduit stubbed OCB. Loops provided
5 by CBTL, Installed by LL or GC.
MENU
• The order point from the service window, based on SOUND SCREENING
a 20’ car spacing, should be at the fourth car, no Consider using if drive aisle and menu
less than 60’ from pick up window. board is exposed to a high traffic area.
”
25’-0
• There should be a minimum of 25’ of distance
6 PRE MENU BOARD 25’ FROM MENU
between the Pre Menu and Order Confirmation
Board. Provide conduit for power.
SITE ELEMENTS 12’-0

”
• Recommended lot size is approximately 120’ 12’ MIN CLR. FOR DRIVE AISLE
x 160’, with approximately 1,800 SQ-FT and 20 7
parking spaces. Confirm parking requirements EXTERIOR SEATING
with local jurisdiction.
• Concrete paving should be used throughout the 8 CAR STACK MIN.
drive thru lane.
• Landscaping should be used to optimize 8
CLEARANCE BAR
the customer’s experience by enhancing the
visual environment of the site and drive thru lane.
Landscaping and walls of stone or wood should
be used to screen utilities and trash enclosures. A
variety of local and drought resistant plants should
be used when possible. SITE ACCESS

SITE PLAN: SIGNAGE
MAIN
• Main store store signage should be visual from
all street angles, there can be more than one.
Main store signage should always be applied to MONUMENT
the building. Secondary & Pylon/ Monumnet can
be added when and if needed.
PYLON
SECONDAY
• Secondary signage should be used in
predominatly pedestrian level or interior parking.
It is possible that a store does not have MAIN STORE SIGNAGE
Secondary Store Signage.
MONUMENT & PYLON

• This should be used to provide support in way 36’-0” x 50’-0”
finding and annoucnment of a location IDEAL DIMS.
INFORMATIVE +/-1,800 SQ-FT

• If space allows, we would recommend providing
dedicated short-term parking for mobile order
pick-up or curb side delivery
SECONDARY STORE SIGNAGE
DEDICATED PARKING/ OLO PICK-UP

BUILDING SIGNAGE RULES – MAIN BUILDING SIGNAGE
APPLICATION
• The preferred main building sign is a lockup of the
simplified logo and the primary stacked text.
• An acceptable alternate for the main building sign
is a lockup of the simplified logo and the PREFERRED
secondary horizontal text.
• Where required a final alternate for the main BLACK COFFEE
building sign is a lockup of the simplified logo Pantone: Black 6 C
and the shortened text. This option should be CMYK: 82/79/50/76
EQ
used as a last resort. RGB: 17/24/32
PREFERRED
DRIVE THRU FLAT WHITE
• In stores that have a drive thru, the word drive thru (PRIMARY STACKED TEXT)
Pantone:
shall be added to the lock up CMYK: 0/0/0/0
RGB: 255/255/255
COLORS
EQ
• The text logo shall be either flat white (pantone
white) or black coffee (pantone black 6c). The
(HORIZONTAL TEXT) RETROFIT RETURNS ONLY
decision should be made on what will give the
biggest contrast to the building material. In THE COFFEE BEAN BROWN
both cases the trim cap and returns should be Pantone: 4625 C
americano. CMYK: 0/60/100/79
EQ
• The simplified logo should always be latte on RGB: 87/30/0
an americano field.
(SHORTENED TEXT)
• Drive Thru signs should have text in latte, on
a field of purple straw (Pantone 269c). The height
of the purple straw filed should match that of the
the text in the main building sign.
• When sign is part of a retrofit and Brown is used
in other elements The Coffee Bean Brown
(pantone 4625 C) may be used to paint cabinet
returns.
EQ
SIZE
• Preferred text height is 14” or larger. This option (PRIMARY STACKED & DRIVE THRU)
should be used as a last resort. In no case should
the text be less then 10”.
ALIGN
• If Horizontal or Shortened text height is smaller
then 14” in height, then the simplified logo should
EQ
be omited from the sign.
EQ
NOTE: Verify all sigange requirements

with landlord and city/ county.

BUILDING SIGNAGE RULES – SECONDARY BUILDING SIGNAGE
APPLICATION
• The preferred signage for secondary locations or
pedestrian locations is the Hero Logo. The overall
size should be as large as possible.
• Pedestrian level blade signs should always be the PREFERRED
Hero Logo
• Where required a final alternate for a BLACK COFFEE
secondary sign is a stack of the simplified logo Pantone: Black 6 C
over the primary stacked text, or shortened text. CMYK: 82/79/50/76
This option should be used as a last resort and RGB: 17/24/32
never on blade signs. This application should only
be considered where visibility is a concern or the FLAT WHITE
Hero Logo is not allowed. BLACK COFFEE & THE COFFEE BEAN BROWN &
Pantone:
FLAT WHITE FLAT WHITE
CMYK: 0/0/0/0
DRIVE THRU RGB: 255/255/255
• In stores that have a drive thru, the word drive thru
(HERO LOGO)
should be omitted from secondary signage.
RETROFIT RETURNS ONLY
COLORS
• The text logo shall be either latte (pantone THE COFFEE BEAN BROWN
EQ
white) or americano (pantone black 6c). Pantone: 4625 C
The decision should be made on what will give CMYK: 0/60/100/79
PREFERRED
the biggest contrast to the building material. In RGB: 87/30/0
both cases the trim cap and returns should be (PRIMARY STACKED TEXT LOGO)
americano.
• The simplified logo should always be latte on
an americano field.
• The Hero logo should always be flat shite on a
americano field.
returns.
SIZE
• Preferred text height is 14” or larger. Smaller text
sizes may be used as appropriate.
NOTE: Verify all sigange requirements

with landlord and city/ county.

BUILDING SIGNAGE RULES – PYLON & MONUMENT SIGNAGE
APPLICATION
• The preferred signage for pylon or monument
locations is the Hero Logo. The overall size should
be as large as possible.
• An acceptable alternate for the pylon or PREFERRED
monument sign is a lockup of the simplified logo
and the primary stacked text. BLACK COFFEE
• Where pylon signs have size restriction the Pantone: Black 6 C
primary stacked text logo may be used without PREFERRED CMYK: 82/79/50/76
the simplified logos. This is only acceptable at RGB: 17/24/32
monument signs and should only be used as a last
resort. FLAT WHITE
BLACK COFFEE& THE COFFEE BEAN BROWN &
Pantone:
DRIVE THRU FLAT WHITE FLAT WHITE
CMYK: 0/0/0/0
• In stores that have a drive thru, the word drive thru RGB: 255/255/255
should be omitted from secondary signage. (HERO LOGO)
COLORS
RETROFIT RETURNS ONLY
• The text logo shall be either flat white (pantone
white) or black coffee (pantone black 6c). THE COFFEE BEAN BROWN
EQ
The decision should be made on what will give Pantone: 4625 C
the biggest contrast to the building material. In CMYK: 0/60/100/79
both cases the trim cap and returns should be RGB: 87/30/0
americano.
• The simplified logo should always be latte on
an americano field. (PRIMARY STACKED TEXT)
• The Hero logo should always be flat white on a
americano field.
returns.
SIZE
• Preferred text height is 14” or larger. Smaller text
sizes may be used as appropriate.
NOTE
Verify all sigange requirements with
landlord and city/ county. (ALT. STACKED TEXT)

BUILDING SIGNAGE RULES – PAINTED SIGNAGE
APPLICATION
• As an accent where permitted, a painted
simplified logo or any text logo may be applied
to the building. This is the only instance where
a simplified logo may be used alone. Possible 23° PREFERRED
locations of painted signs could be over the drive
thru window, on a window shade, on the side of AMERICANO
the pylon, on the side of an entry feature, or any Pantone: 2336 C
other location that a designer finds appropriate. CMYK: 82/79/50/76
• Painted signs should be used sparingly and with RGB: 19/15/34
a careful eye to the overall design and in keeping
with our core brand principals. LATTE
(SIMPLIFIED LOGO)
Pantone: Warm Gray C 1
DRIVE THRU CMYK: 14/14/17/10
• In stores that have a drive thru, the word drive thru RGB: 216/209/202
should be omitted from secondary signage.
COLORS PURPLE STRAW

• Painted signs may be americano, latte, purple Pantone: 269 C
straw, the coffee bean brown, the coffee bean CMYK: 80/97/26/14
cream. The decision should be made on RGB: 83/45/109
what will give the biggest contrast to the building
THE COFFEE BEAN BROWN
material.
Pantone: 4625 C
CMYK: 0/60/100/79
SIZE
RGB: 87/30/0
• Sizing is up to the designers discretion.
• The simplified logo may be cropped, but only on
the bottom right or top right. It is recommended THE COFFEE BEAN CREAM
that no more than 15% be removed. The full leaf & Pantone: 9226 C
(CROPPED BOTTOM RIGHT) CMYK: 7/8/12/0
bean should always be visible.
RGB: 235/228/218
NOTE
landlord and city/ county. (PAINTED VERTICAL) (CROPPED TOP RIGHT)

BUILDING SIGNAGE RULES – DOOR SIGNAGE
APPLICATION
• The front door is the first opportunity for those
entering the store to view the brand.
•During season promotions, windo singage can be
added around the central decals, but should never
obscure the view of the logo.
COLORS
23°
• The Hero logo should be applied as an etched
16”
galss film, with clear background and a fine
detailed texture.
• Film must be translucent to simulate etched or
frosted glass.
• DO NOT use solid white film.
(HERO LOGO)
SIZE
• 16” diameter Hero Logo to be used.
Alan Smithee
GM NAME GENERAL MANAGER
• Name and Title Font = Avenir Next Bold

• Title to be in CAPS
STORE HOURS ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN

• Vinyl Window Cling with adjustable hours that be ON CENTER ON CENTER ON CENTER
6’-0”
customized for each location.
• Cling to be installed inside of glass
HANDICAP DECAL
• Vinyl Window Cling with with wheel chair symbol.
• MAY BE SUBJECT TO FEDERAL REQUIRMENTS
Verify with your health
department if Signage
WiFi DECAL is required. PLACARD
• Vinyl Window Cling to allow customers know that IS PROVIDED BY THE
AUTHORIZING AGENCY.
Wifi is provided for free.
ABOVE FINISHED

FLOOR
5’-0”
SERVICE
ANIMALS
WELCOMED
FREE No pets, please.
JOIN
OUR
TEAM
Alan Smithee
Start a rewarding career
NOTE
coffeebean.com/careers
GENERAL MANAGER
18” H
22” H
landlord and city/ county. Decals can by

found on CoffeeBeanConnect 3” 1”

BUILDING SIGNAGE RULES – AWNING & UMBRELLA
APPLICATION
• Stores that can support awnings and umbrellas
is a great way to help promote the brands new
emphasis on pattern.
• Stores should have a combination of a solid
awninga and stripes umbrellas.
COLORS
• Preferred awning and umbrella combinations EST. SINCE 1963
consist of a Charcoal awning and the grey & white
umbrella.
• Alternatives combinations provided can be
used as a last resort.. PREFERRED: AWNING: SOLID UMBRELLA: STRIPE UMBRELLA: SOLID OPT 1
SIZE
• Sizing is up to the designers discretion.
EST. SINCE 1963
ALT 1: AWNING: SOLID UMBRELLA: STRIPE UMBRELLA: SOLID OPT 1
EST. SINCE 1963
NOTE
landlord and city/ county. ALT 2: AWNING: STRIPE UMBRELLA: SOLID UMBRELLA: SOLID OPT1

EXTERIOR ELEMENTS
BUILDING SIGNAGE
• The preferred building signage is a lockup
of the simplified logo and text logos.
• Placement of the button may be on the top or
right, depending on which is best maximized
on the available surface area.
• The text logo and drive-thru call-out are
internally lit dark gray push-thru channel letters
on light wood finish.
EXTERIOR ELEMENTS
• Exterior lighting provides architectural articulation
that lights up the storefront at night.
• The awnings are charcoal gray.
• The bean, ampersand, and leaf of the button
logo icons used on the interior merchandising
fixtures is applied to the awnings for
additional branding.
• Light oak framing around the doors from the
bottom to the top of the building creates
a powerful and memorable point of entry.
AWNING
UMBRELLA
MAIN SIGN
SECONDARY SIGN

EXTERIOR ELEMENTS
MAIN SIGN
WARM ACCENT
PAINTED LOGO
WARM ACCENT OPTIONS:
WOOD
STONE
PAINT/ STUCCO

EXTERIOR ELEMENTS
SECONDARY SIGN
PAINTED LOGO

EXTERIOR ELEMENTS
PYLON
• To help announce location and way-finding to our
our store.
• In drive thru locations, the purple straw drive thru
panel should be shown.
MAIN SIGN
PYLON
PAINTED
AWNING
UMBRELLA

PRIMARY SIGNAGE – TEXT LOGO CHANNEL LETTERS
The text logo is used in channel letters as the PRIMARY STACKED TEXT HORIZONTAL TEXT
primary identity on our stores. It provides the
highest visibility from afar and allows better WHITE CHANNEL LETTERS WHITE CHANNEL LETTERS
maximization of our identity within signage Front View Side View Front View Side View
limitations on storefronts. When we correctly and
consistently display our brand identity, it’s easily A SIZE A
seen,recognized, and remembered by our guests.
WALL
B
WALL
The stacked channel letters are preferred and B D
should be used on the storefront and any necessary
secondary surfaces whenever space allows. When
the surface area is a restrictive horizontal space, the
inline channels letter may be used to better optimize
size of the logo on the building.
BLACK CHANNEL LETTERS
COLOR & SIZE OPTIONS Front View Side View
Front View Side View
White and black channel letters in both a horizontal
and stacked version are available for maximum A SIZE A
flexibility. Each is available in a variety of sizes
WALL
to accommodate a variety of different sizing B
WALL
opportunities and constraints. B D
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
• For white faces: .177”, White Acrylic
• For black faces: .177”, White Acrylic w/ 3M
PMS Black Paint 3M Black Perforated Vinyl
• Returns: .4” x 5.3”, PMS Black Paint 3M Black Perforated Vinyl
• Illumination: White LED
A B C
A B C D SQUARE
SQUARE OVERALL LETTER LETTER
OVERALL OVERALL LETTER LETTER FEET
FEET WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH
WIDTH HEIGHT HEIGHT DEPTH
14'-5 7/8" 2'-1 1/4" 10" 5" 30.49 20'-1 1/2" 10" 5" 16.76
NOTE
For exterior signage under 14” in height, 17'-4 5/8" 2'-6 3/8" 12" 5" 44.01 24'-1 7/8" 12" 5" 24.15
the simpligied icon should be omitted. 20'-3 3/8" 2'-11 3/8" 14" 5" 59.79 28'-2 1/4" 14" 5" 32.88
23'-2 1/8" 3'-4 1/2" 16" 5" 78.22 32'-2 5/8" 16" 5" 42.96
ALWAYS 36'-3" 18" 5" 54.37
26'-0 7/8" 3'-9 1/2" 18" 5" 98.86
The full brand name must always be used
in store signage. Never shorten 34'-9 1/4" 5'-0 3/4" 24" 5" 176.03 48'-3 7/8" 24" 5" 96.62
the name in any way 37'-7 7/8" 5'-5 3/4" 26" 5" 206.32 52'-4 1/2" 26" 5” 113.53

PRIMARY SIGNAGE – TEXT LOGO CHANNEL LETTERS
The text logo is used in channel letters as the SHORTENED TEXT SHORTENED TEXT - DRIVE THRU
primary identity on our stores. It provides the
highest visibility from afar and allows better WHITE CHANNEL LETTERS WHITE CHANNEL LETTERS
maximization of our identity within signage Front View Side View Front View Side View
limitations on storefronts. When we correctly and
consistently display our brand identity, it’s easily A SIZE A
seen,recognized, and remembered by our guests.
EXISTING WALL
B
WALL
C B
The stacked channel letters are preferred and
should be used on the storefront and any necessary
inline channels letter may be used to better optimize
BLACK CHANNEL LETTERS BLACK CHANNEL LETTERS
COLOR & SIZE OPTIONS
Front View Side View Front View Side View
and stacked version are available for maximum A A
SIZE
flexibility. Each is available in a variety of sizes
EXISTING WALL
B
WALL
to accommodate a variety of different sizing C B
opportunities and constraints.
• For white faces: .177”, White Acrylic
• For black faces: .177”, White Acrylic w/ 3M
PMS Black Paint
• Returns: .4” x 5.3”, PMS Black Paint 3M Black Perforated Vinyl 3M Black Perforated Vinyl
A B C A B C D E F
OVERALL LETTER SQUARE SQUARE
LETTER OVERALL OVERALL LETTER LETTER DRIVE-THRU DRIVE-THRU
WIDTH HEIGHT FEET FEET
DEPTH WIDTH HEIGHT HEIGHT DEPTH HEIGHT LENGTH
12'-9 7/8" 10" 5" 10.69 12'-10 1/8" 1'-9 1/4" 10" 5" 7 1/2" 2'-11 5/8" 22.70
NOTE
15'-4 5/8" 12" 5" 15.39 15'-5" 2'-1 1/2" 12" 5" 9" 3'-6 5/8" 32.7
For exterior signage under 14” in height,
the simpligied icon should be omitted. 17'-11 3/8" 14" 5" 20.94 17'-11 7/8" 2'-5 3/4" 14" 5" 10 1/2" 4'-1 3/4" 44.52
20'-6 1/8" 16" 5" 27.35 20'-6 3/4" 2'-10 16" 5" 1'-0"4 '-8 7/8" 58.2
ALWAYS 23'-0 7/8" 18" 5" 34.61 23'-1 5/8" 3'-2 1/8" 18" 5" 1'-1 1/2"5 '-4" 73.62
in store signage. Never shorten 30'-9 1/4" 24" 5" 61.54 30'-10 1/8" 4'-2 7/8" 24" 5" 1'-6"7 '-1 3/8" 130.82
the name in any way 33'-4" 26" 5” 72.23 33'-5 1/8" 4'-7 1/8" 26" 5" 1'-7 1/2"7 '-8 1/2" 153.72

PRIMARY SIGNAGE – TEXT LOGO CHANNEL LETTERS W/ DRIVE-THRU
A purple drive-thru box sign is added to our text PRIMARY STACKED TEXT WITH DRIVE THRU HORIZONTAL WITH DRIVE THRU
logo channel letters to announce availability of the
service at the highest level. WHITE CHANNEL LETTERS - STACKED WHITE CHANNEL LETTERS - INLINE
Front View Side View Front View Side View
The stacked channel letters are preferred and
should be used on the storefront and any necessary A SIZE A
WALL
inline channels letter may be used to better optimize D B D
WALL
B E
DRIVE THRU E
COLOR & SIZE OPTIONS F

and stacked version are available for maximum
flexibility. Each is available in a variety of sizes BLACK CHANNEL LETTERS
to accommodate a variety of different sizing Front View Side View
opportunities and constraints.
A SIZE A
TEXT LOGO CHANNEL LETTERS
WALL
WALL
• For white faces: .177”, White Acrylic B DRIVE THRU D B D
• For black faces: .177”, White Acrylic w/ 3M E THRU E
Black Perforated Vinyl
F
• Trim cap: 1”, PMS Black Paint
• Returns: .4” x 5.3”, PMS Black Paint
DRIVE THRU CHANNEL LETTERS 3M Black Perforated Vinyl 3M Black Perforated Vinyl
• Cabinet: Dark Purple PMS 269C Paint
• Faces: White Acrylic w/ Vinyl Overlay
• Typeface: Avenir 65 Medium
A B C D E F A B C D E F
SQUARE SQUARE
OVERALL OVERALL LETTER LETTER DRIVE-THRU DRIVE-THRU OVERALL OVERALL LETTER LETTER DRIVE-THRU DRIVE-THRU
FEET FEET
WIDTH HEIGHT HEIGHT DEPTH HEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT HEIGHT DEPTH HEIGHT LENGTH
14'-5 7/8" 2'-1 1/4" 10" 5" 10" 3'-11 3/8" 24.33 20'-1 7/8" 1'-9 1/4" 10" 5" 7 1/2" 2'-11 5/8" 35.63
NOTE
For exterior signage under 14” in height, 17'-4 5/8" 2'-6 3/8" 12" 5" 1'-0"4 '-8 7/8" 35.12 24'-2 3/8" 2'-1 1/2" 12" 5" 9" 3'-6 5/8" 51.30
the simpligied icon should be omitted. 20'-3 3/8" 2'-11 3/8" 14" 5" 1'-2"5 '-6 3/8" 47.72 28'-2 7/8" 2'-5 3/4" 14" 5" 10 1/2" 4'-1 3/4"7
23'-2 1/8" 3'-4 1/2" 16" 5" 1'-4"6 '-3 7/8" 62.44 32'-3 3/8" 2'-10" 16" 5" 1'-0"4 '-8 7/8" 91.32
ALWAYS
26'-0 7/8" 3'-9 1/2" 18" 5" 1'-6"7 '-1 3/8" 78.91 36'-3 3/4" 3'-2 1/4" 18" 5" 1'-1 1/2"5 '-4"1 15.6
in store signage. Never shorten 34'-9 1/4" 5'-0 3/4" 24" 5" 2'-0"9 '-5 3/4" 140.48 48'-4 7/8" 4'-3" 24" 5" 1'-6"7 '-1 3/8" 205.4
the name in any way 37'-7 7/8" 5'-5 3/4" 26" 5" 2'-2" 10'-3 1/4" 164.77 52'-5" 4'-7 1/8" 26" 5" 1'-7 1/2"7 '-8 1/2" 241

SECONDARY SIGNAGE – HERO LOGO BUTTON
The hero logo is used in a simple button sign to
support the primary logo. It is offered in three sizes in
both white and black.
BLACK BUTTON “HERO” WHITE BUTTON “HERO”
• Faces: .177”, White Acrylic with
3M Black Overlay Front View Side View Front View Side View
• Trimcap: 1”, PMS Black Paint,
Must Not Cover Artwork
WALL
WALL
OVERALL OVERALL LETTER SQUARE
WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH FEET
18" 18” 5” 2.25
24” 24” 5” 4.00
36” 36” 5” 9.00

SECONDARY SIGNAGE – SIMPLIFIED LOGO BUTTON
The hero logo is used in a simple button sign as a
sign-off to the primary logo. It is used on its own in
pylon signs and blade signs.
It is offered in three sizes in both white and black.

BLACK BUTTON “ICON” WHITE BUTTON “ICON”
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Front View Side View Front View Side View
• Faces: .177”, White Acrylic with A A
3M Black Overlay
• Trim cap: 1”, PMS Black Paint,
WALL
WALL
B B
A B C
OVERALL OVERALL LETTER SQUARE FEET
WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH
24 1/4" 18" 5" 3.03
32 3/8" 24" 5" 5.39
48 5/8" 36" 5" 12.16

SIGNAGE – SECTION DETAIL
The hero logo is used in a simple button sign as a
sign-off to the primary logo. It is used on its own in
pylon signs and blade signs.
It is offered in three sizes in both white and black.

TYPICAL SIGNAGE
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Section View
• Faces: .177”, White Acrylic with
3M Black Overlay
• Trim cap: 1”, PMS Black Paint,
5”
.040” ALUMINUM
RETURNS
1” JEWELITE
LED’S 3” x 3” RACEWAY
BEHIND WALL
.177” ACRYLIC
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION TO
PRIMARY
WALLBUSTER CONDUIT
!!
DISCONNECT SWITCH
THREADED ROD,
BEARUNG PLATE,
WASHER & NUT
#8-32 MACH SCREW
WEEP HOLE W/ HAT

DRIVE-THRU PREVIEW BOARD
A preview board gives guests the opportunity to
familiarize themselves with promos or special offers
before advancing to ordering. Having an early touch
point communicates promotional items and helps
minimize the perception of wait time.
30"
PLACEMENT
• Placement: 25’-0” in advance of menu boards
• Angled @ 22˚ from parallel face of curb.
• Cabinet: Extruded Aluminum PMS Black
• Illumination: White LED, LED Power Pack
• Sign must bear a UL Label
• Cabinet can be provided by Howard Company
www.howardcompany.com/howard.htm
GRAPHIC SIZE
26" X 51.5" 55"
6'-2"
Height of the Preview Board may vary to

comply with city/county restrictions.

DRIVE-THRU MENU BOARD
Menu boards display our offer in an engaging
presentation that facilitates ease of ordering.
Graphics are backlit to make them highly readable,
Illuminated topper
day and night.
visible opening Illuminated topper
76.4" x 10.14" visible opening
PLACEMENT
• 6’-0” from OCB 76.4" x 10.14"
77.32"
77.32"
• Topper Face: White Acrylic w/ Vinyl Overlay and
Show-through Graphics
• Cabinet: Extruded Aluminum PMS Black 11"
• Illumination: White LED, LED Power Pack,
Illuminate Sign To Be Controlled w/ Photocell 11"
• Sign must bear a UL Label
GRAPHIC
• Cabinet can be provided by Howard Company SIZE
www.howardcompany.com/howard.htm GRAPHIC SIZE 16.125" X GRAPHIC SIZE GRAPHIC
25.5" X 25.5" 24.75" 25.5" X 25.5" SIZE
VISIBLE OPENING VISIBLE OPENING GRAPHIC SIZE 16.125" X GRAPHIC SIZE
VISIBLE 25.5" X 25.5" 25.5" X 25.5"
24.5” x 24.5” OPENING 24.5” x 24.5” 24.75"
15.625” x VISIBLE OPENING VISIBLE VISIBLE OPENING
24.5” 24.5” x 24.5” OPENING 24.5” x 24.5”
15.625” x
24.5”
92.99" GRAPHIC SIZE GRAPHIC SIZE 85.99"

25.5" X 25.5" 25.5" X 25.5"
VISIBLE OPENING VISIBLE OPENING GRAPHIC SIZE GRAPHIC SIZE
24.5” x 24.5” 24.5” x 24.5” 25.5" X 25.5" 25.5" X 25.5"
VISIBLE OPENING VISIBLE OPENING
24.5” x 24.5” 24.5” x 24.5”
25.5" 18.5"
40" 40"
PREFERRED
Height of the Preview Board may vary
to comply with city/county restrictions.

DRIVE-THRU CLEARANCE BAR
The drive-thru clearance bar helps keep high-profile
vehicles from damage due to low clearance.
PLACEMENT
• At the entry to the drive-thru parkway
9'-0"
• Material: Extruded Aluminum PMS Black with
White Vinyl Graphic
• Typeface: Avenir 65 Medium 10"
11'-0"
9'-0"
COLOR LEGEND
Vinyl – Reflective White

NOTE
Height clearnace are subject to change
Opaque Vinyl – To match Purple PMS 269C
per site. Minimum clearance as noted.
Paint – Purple PMS 269C

DRIVE-THRU DIRECTION SIGNS
2'-0"
The directional sign is useful to reinforce the correct
pathway and minimize any possible guest confusion.
The Drive-thru with arrow message guides guests
along the pathway. The final touchpoint is a Thank
You message upon exit from the drive-thru. The Do
Not Enter message on the opposite side clarifies 2.5"
1'-0"
traffic directionality. 2'-0"
3.75"
PLACEMENT
• At the entry and exit of the drive-thru parkway.
• Cabinet: Extruded Aluminum PMS Black
• Trim cap: 3/4” Black PMS 1'-0"
• Faces: White Plex w/ Opaque Vinyl To Match
Purple PMS 269C
• Illumination: White LED, LED Power Pack
• Typeface: Avenir 65 Medium
• Two SF per side can be plate mounted or
3'-0"
ordered as direct burial
2 SF per side
Can be plate mounted or
ordered as direct burial
COLOR LEGEND
White Acrylic
Opaque Vinyl – To match Purple PMS 269C

Paint – Purple PMS 269C

INTERIOR PLANNING
& DESIGN
ABOUT THIS SECTION:
INTERIOR PLANNING AND DESIGN
}
As guests step into our stores we want to create the INTERIOR OVERVIEW
same sense of the SoCal warm and cozy vibe that
they should feel from the exterior of our stores.
There are sections of this document that may refine

or amend The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf® Guidelines. 1. Core message “Passion for Coffee & Tea Since 2. Natural oak accents & details
Especially in regards to interior elements. In those 1963”
cases, the Store Design Guideline should be referred AUTHENTIC
to and followed. 3. Custom patterned backsplash 4. “Bean” “&” “Leaf” retail display
TRADE DRESS HIERACHRY

5. Tea Crate design elements 6. “Find Your Flavor” and Local Art
RELAXED
7. Community Table 8. Lounge Seating
9. Condiment Bar In-Store Storytelling 10. Product show case shelves

FRESH
11. Heritage Mural

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. INTERIOR PLANNING & DESIGN STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 5.3
SPACE ASSESSMENT
As you assess the possibilities, consider factors IDEAL PROPORTION 5:3 ALTERNATIVE PROPORTION 6:2
such as vehicle/foot traffic approaches, active door Drive-thru or Non Drive-thru Non Drive-thru
locations, proportion of space, and complexity.
LOCATION 2
As you plan your space, you should consider:
• Merchandising positioning in relation
to entrances 3
• Size of zones
• Fixture layout within each zone
• BOH location and size – typically 150 - 200 sq. ft.
• Location and traffic flow of drive-thru
PROPORTION
Front space is prime real estate. This is where we
promote offers where customers first engage with
the brand.
But depth is important, too. It allows us to organize
the space, create wall presentations and craft the
customer journey. While we can build an experience
in almost any space, the optimal proportions shown
5 6
on the rights are preferred.
COMPLEXITY
Whenever possible, steer clear of complexity. The
more complex the space, the more challenging it is
to design a compelling brand experience. We can’t
always avoid inconveniently placed columns or oddly
angled walls, but be careful not to let complicating
elements pile up. You should consider:
• Shape and proportion of floor plan
• Column and obstruction locations
• Ceiling height
• Locations of BOH and drive-thru
• Locations of utilities
IDEAL BALANCE
• Open floor plan
• Plenty of floor space, windows, and depth
• Accommodates preferred configurations,
– IDEAL ENTRANCE – SECONDARY ENTRANCE
minimums, and spatial proportions

ZONE PLANNING
IDEAL PROPORTION DRIVE-THRU & NON DRIVE-THRU
DT 5 5 DT 5 3
DT DT
3 3 3 5
5:3 A-DT1 5:3 A-DT2 5:3 B-DT1 5:3 B-DT2
ALTERNATE PROPORTION – NON DRIVE-THRU ONLY
6 6
2 2 BACK OF HOUSE
SERVICE LINE
PATH OF TRAVEL
6:2 B IDEAL ENTRANCE
6:2 A
DT DRIVE-THRU

ZONE PLANNING
IDEAL PROPORTION EXAMPLE
5:3 A-DT1
DT 5
BACK OF HOUSE
SERVICE LINE
PATH OF TRAVEL
IDEAL ENTRANCE
DT DRIVE-THRU
ZONE KEY
ENTRY (RETAIL/BAKERY)
ORDER
PICK-UP
COMMUNITY SEATING
BAR
LOUNGE SEATING
PREFERRED LAYOUT

ZONE PLANNING
5:3 A-DT2
5
DT
BACK OF HOUSE
SERVICE LINE
PATH OF TRAVEL
IDEAL ENTRANCE
DT DRIVE-THRU
ZONE KEY
ORDER
PICK-UP
GATHERING SPACE
BAR
LIVING ROOM

ZONE PLANNING
5:3 B-DT1
DT 5
BACK OF HOUSE
SERVICE LINE
PATH OF TRAVEL
IDEAL ENTRANCE
DT DRIVE-THRU
ZONE KEY
ORDER
PICK-UP
GATHERING SPACE
BAR
LIVING ROOM

ZONE PLANNING
5:3 B-DT2
DRIVE THRU: 393

3
DT
BACK OF HOUSE
SERVICE LINE INTERIOR

PATH OF TRAVEL
IDEAL ENTRANCE
DT DRIVE-THRU
ZONE KEY
ORDER
PICK-UP
GATHERING SPACE
BAR
LIVING ROOM
© 2016 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved.

Published October 2016. For internal use only.

ZONE PLANNING
ALTERNATIVE PROPORTION
6:2 A
DRIVE
EXAMPLE THRU
BACK OF HOUSE
SERVICE LINE
PATH OF TRAVEL
IDEAL ENTRANCE
ZONE KEY
ORDER
PICK-UP
GATHERING SPACE
BAR
LIVING ROOM

ZONE PLANNING
ALTERNATIVE PROPORTION EXAMPLE
6:2 B
6
IN-LINE
2
BACK OF HOUSE
SERVICE LINE
PATH OF TRAVEL
IDEAL ENTRANCE
ZONE KEY
ORDER
PICK-UP
GATHERING SPACE
BAR
LIVING ROOM
Published October 2016. For internal use only.

FLOOR PLAN – NON DRIVE THRU KITCHEN
EXAMPLE
COLD BAR BREW STATION APPLIANCES GRAB & GO
Y
PLA
DIS
SPECIALTY HAND OFF HOT BAR POS
ERY
BAK
FLOOR PLAN – DRIVE THRU KITCHEN LAYOUT
EXAMPLE
DRIVE THRU POS

COLD BAR BREW STATION APPLIANCES
SPECIALTY
HAND OFF HOT BAR POS BAKERY DISPLAY
GRAB & GO
POS RENDERINGS – DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU
Front View Back View

POS PLAN – DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU
Top View Front View
Back View Side View

POS RENDERING – DRIVE THRU GHOST POS
FRONT VIEW: LOCATED AT DRIVE THRU SERVICE WINDOW

HOT BAR RENDERINGS – NON DRIVE THRU

HOT BAR PLANS – NON DRIVE THRU
Top View Front View
Back View
Side View

HOT BAR RENDERINGS – DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU ALT. 1

HOT BAR RENDERINGS – DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU ALT. 1
Top View Front View

COLD BAR RENDERING – DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU
Back View

BREW STATION RENDERING – DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU
Back View

BREW STATION PLANS - DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU
Top View Back View

CONDIMENT BAR RENDERINGS – DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU

BAKE CASE RENDERINGS – DRIVE THRU & NON DRIVE THRU
BAKE CASE / GRAB & GO BAKE CASE / GRAB & GO
Front View Front View

TILE PATTERN LAYOUT OPTIONS
COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN
SINGLE TILE PATTERN ARROWS & DIAMONDS OPTION A (UP)

ARROWS + DIAMONDS
option A (UP)
ARROWS & DIAMONDS OPTION B (DOWN)
ARROWS + DIAMONDS
option B (DOWN)
TILE
TILE
Light Fiel
Light Field- "Estrada"
custom p
custom porcelain
7-3/4" x 7
7-3/4" x 7-3/4"
GROUT
GROUT
laticrete #
laticrete #22 midnight
TILE
TILE
Dark Fiel
Dark Field- "Estrada"
custom p
custom porcelain
7-3/4" x 7
7-3/4" x 7-3/4"
GROUT
GROUT
laticrete #
laticrete #90 light pewter
COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN
ARROWS + DIAMONDS ARROWS + DOUBLE DIAMONDS
ARROWS
ARROWS + DIAMONDS
option C (RIGHT)
& DIAMONDS OPTION C (RIGHT) ARROWS & DIAMONDS OPTION D (LEFT)
option D (LEFT) ARROWS & DIAMONDS OPTION E (VERTICAL)
option A (VERTICAL)
TILE TILE TILE

Light Field- "Estrada" Light Field- "Estrada" Ligh
custom porcelain custom porcelain cust
7-3/4" x 7-3/4" 7-3/4" x 7-3/4" 7-3/
GROUT GROUT GRO

laticrete #22 midnight laticrete #22 midnight latic
TILE
Dark Field- "Estrada" TILE TILE
custom porcelain Dark Field- "Estrada" Dark
7-3/4" x 7-3/4" custom porcelain cust
7-3/4" x 7-3/4" 7-3/
GROUT
laticrete #90 light pewter GROUT GRO
laticrete #90 light pewter latic
Theres are a few possible patterns that

can be produced with the tile.

TILE PATTERN LAYOUT OPTIONS
COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN
ZIGZAG
RECTANGLES
RECTANGLES
-
DIAMONDS
DIAMONDS
- -ZIGZAG
TILE TILE
TILE
Light Field- "Estrada" Ligh
custom porcelain cust
custom porcelain
7-3/4" x 7-3/4" 7-3/
7-3/4" x 7-3/4"
GROUT GRO
GROUT
laticrete #22 midnight latic
TILE
TILE TILE
Dark Field- "Estrada"
Dark Field- "Estrada" Dark
custom porcelain
custom porcelain cust
7-3/4" x 7-3/4"
7-3/4" x 7-3/4" 7-3/
GROUT
GROUT GRO
laticrete #90 light pewter latic
COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN

COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF - TILE PATTERN
SQUARES + RECTANGLES
RECTANGLES & DIAMONDS
-
CHEVRON
CHEVRON OPTION A (SIDE) CHEVRON OPTION B (UP)
CHEVRON
option A (SIDE) option A (UP)
TILE
Light Field- "Estrada" TILE
TILE
custom porcelain Light Fiel
7-3/4" x 7-3/4" custom p
custom porcelain
7-3/4" x 7
7-3/4" x 7-3/4"
GROUT
laticrete #22 midnight GROUT
GROUT
laticrete #
TILE TILE
Dark Field- "Estrada" TILE
Dark Fiel
custom porcelain Dark Field- "Estrada"
custom p
7-3/4" x 7-3/4" custom porcelain
7-3/4" x 7
7-3/4" x 7-3/4"
GROUT GROUT
GROUT
laticrete #90 light pewter laticrete #

INTERIOR ELEMENTS
DEFINING RETAIL BRAND EXPRESSION
B R AN D H O USE CR E AT IV E ART ICULATION
Passion For Coffee RETA IL LE NS

& Tea since ‘63
• Stay true to ourselves: proudly embody
our unique personality
• Practice what you preach: demonstrate

outwardly what they stand for inwardly
PH Y S I CAL EMBO D IME NT O F T HE BRA N D • Stimulate a 2-way conversation: foster

interaction so that people feel part of
the brand
SoCal spirit meets you • Set a pace for change: refresh and renew
ten feet from the door.

to continue a high level of engagement

Published March, 2021. For internal use only. INTERIOR ELEMENTS STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES 6.3
RETAIL MESSAGING PILLARS
Our messaging pillars are grounded on the core
elements that make Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf,
its values.
PERSONAL & PERSONABLE
RELAXED OPTIMISM
PASSION FOR COFFEE & TEA

INTERIOR ELEMENTS APPLIED
An established hierarchy provides a framework for
flexibly and effectively accommodating a wide variety
of messaging to facilitate your customers’ journey.
Consistently applied, it creates a clear purchase
path, gives each message appropriate focus, and
eliminates redundancies and distractions.
ANNOUNCE
ATTRACT - ESTABLISH BRAND IDENTITY
1. CORE MESSAGE
2. LIGHT OAK
3. PATTERNED BACKSPLASH
4. BEAN & LEAF RETAIL
AMPLIFY
INSPIRE - FEATURE NEW
5. TEA CRATE DESIGN ELEMENTS
6. FIND YOUR FLAVOR & LOCAL ART
7. COMMUNITY TABLE / SEATING
8. LOUNGE SEATING
EXPLAIN
EDUCATE & INFORM - DEFINE BENEFITS
9. IN-STORE STORYTELLING
10. PRODUCT SHOW CASE SHELF
11. HERITAGE MURAL

INTERIOR ELEMENTS APPLIED
1. ANNOUNCE 2. ANNOUNCE 3. ANNOUNCE 4. ANNOUNCE 5. AMPLIFY 6. AMPLIFY
7. AMPLIFY 8. AMPLIFY
9. EXPLAIN 10. EXPLAIN 11. EXPLAIN

ANNOUNCE | CORE MESSAGE
Core message helps establish brand
identity in a highly visible location.
Refer to Art buying guide for suitable

brand messages.

ANNOUNCE | LIGHT OAK
Oak is part of our core DNA, and making sure to
incorporate light and reclaimed oak speaks back
to our heritage. Oak is being used to highlight and
focus on key areas for out customers journey.

ANNOUNCE | PATTERNED BACKSPLASH
We will embrace pattern as a key differentiator
instead of focusing purely on color.

ANNOUNCE | “BEAN & LEAF” ICONS
Icons from Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf logo
are used for navigational purposes to help
support product merchandising.

AMPLIFY | TEA CRATE DESIGN ELEMENTS
Making sure to incorporate tea crate elements
into merchandise display and lounge furniture &
the occasional table top as a subtle nod to our
original stores that were adorned with tea crates.

AMPLIFY | TEA CRATE DESIGN ELEMENTS
USING TEA CRATE STAMP GRAPHICS COFFEE STAMPS: SIDE 1:
Tea Crate Stamp should be applied to merchandise

units when possible: FULL PARTIAL FULL PARTIAL
FULL
COFFEE TEA TEA COFFEE
• A mixture of both tea and coffee stamps should
COFFEE
be applied to the most visible areas of the
merchandise units. Stamps should be scaled to fit
the visible space as necessary. There are a total of
18 monochromatic stamps to chose from.
FULL
• Tables should get the stamp effect on the top shelf. TEA
One full stamp + a partial stamp. Alternating
between full coffee stamp and full tea stamp.

• Merch Tree will contain 2 full stamps + 1 partial PARTIAL
stamp. Each side should alternate between full COFFEE
coffee and full tea stamps.
TEA STAMPS:
SIDE 2: IN STORE EXAMPLE:
FULL
TEA
FULL
COFFEE
PARTIAL
TEA

AMPLIFY | TEA CRATE DESIGN ELEMENTS - 3 SHELF MERCH TABLE
Here you will find shop drawings for the individual
merchandise elements. Including the 3 and 4 shelf QTY: 1
merchandise tables, and the merch/ impulse tree. MILLW

B R O T
13921 BETTENC
CERRITOS,
OFFICE: 56
MT-100 FAX: 562.
75
PO#
1"
1"
13 5/16"
15 5/16"
13 5/16"
15 5/16"
1" x 1" x 16GA. WD-300
METAL FRAME
/16
Ø3
1"
1"
20 5/16" 20 5/16" G.C.: CB
1" 1" 1" 1"
STORE
22 5/16" 22 5/16"
SD
PLAN - METAL FRAME PLAN - WOOD SHELVES & TABLE TOP
REMOVABLE PLASTIC CAP

22 5/16" REMOVABLE 15 5/16" 1" x 1" x 16GA. (ALL ENDS) CAP T.B.D.
PLASTIC CAP METAL FRAME 22 5/1
(ALL ENDS) 6"
WD-300 WD-300
3/4"
1"
1/4"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1"
12"
10 1/4"
10 1/4"
12"
MT-100
11"
WD-300 WD-300
3/4"
3/4"
30 1/4"
30"
3/4"
30 1/4"
1" x 1" x 16GA
12"
11 1/4"
11 1/4"
12"
ANGLE 1" x 1" x 16GA
12"
ANGLE
WD-300 WD-300
3/4"
3/4"
23600 HAWTHORNE BLVD. UNIT 2

3/4"
D
5 1/4"
6"
5 1/4"
5 1/4"
6"
TORRANCE, CA 90505
20 5/1 20 5/1
1" 6" " 1" 6" "
22 5/16" 15 5/16" 13 5/16 13 5/16
1" 1"
22 5/1
6"
1" 1" 22 5/1
6"
1" 1" 1
" "
15 5/16 15 5/16
MERCH
UN
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW ISOMETRIC - METAL FRAME ONLY ISOMETRIC PA
14

AMPLIFY | TEA CRATE DESIGN ELEMENTS - 4 SHELF MERCH TABLE
merchandise elements. Including the 3 and 4 shelf QTY: 1

B R O T
13921 BETTENC
CERRITOS,
OFFICE: 56
FAX: 562.
MT-100
75
PO#
1"
1"
13 5/16"
15 5/16"
13 5/16"
15 5/16"
1" x 1" x 16GA. WD-300
METAL FRAME
/16
Ø3
1"
1"
20 5/16" 20 5/16" G.C.: CB
1" 1" 1" 1" STORE
22 5/16" 22 5/16"
SD
PLAN - METAL FRAME PLAN - WOOD SHELVES & TABLE TOP
REMOVABLE PLASTIC CAP

22 5/16" REMOVABLE 15 5/16" 1" x 1" x 16GA. (ALL ENDS) CAP T.B.D.
PLASTIC CAP METAL FRAME 22 5/1
(ALL ENDS) 6"
WD-300 WD-300
3/4"
1"
1/4"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1"
12"
10 1/4"
10 1/4"
12"
MT-100
11"
WD-300 WD-300
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
12"
11 1/4"
11 1/4"
12"
42 1/4"
12"
42"
42 1/4"
WD-300 WD-300
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
1" x 1" x 16GA
12"
11 1/4"
11 1/4"
12"
ANGLE 1" x 1" x 16GA
12"

ANGLE
WD-300 WD-300
3/4"
3/4"
D
TORRANCE, CA 90505
3/4"
5 1/4"
6"
5 1/4"
5 1/4"
6"
20 5/1 20 5/1
1" 6" " 1" 6" "
13 5/16 13 5/16 1
22 5/16" 15 5/16"
1" 1"
22 5/1 1" 1" 22 5/1 1" 1"
6" " 6" "
15 5/16 15 5/16
MERCH
UN
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW ISOMETRIC - METAL FRAME ONLY ISOMETRIC PA

AMPLIFY | TEA CRATE DESIGN ELEMENTS - IMPULSE TREE
Here you will find shop drawings for the individual 1/2" CLR. T.B.D.
merchandise elements. Including the 3 and 4 shelf

B R O T
1"
13921 BETTENC
CERRITOS,
20" OFFICE: 56
FAX: 562.
75
5/8" 3/4" 5/8" PO#
1"
2"
1/2" I.D. CLR.

4"
1"
19 3/4" CLR.
5"
I.D. CLR. T.B.D.
7 1/8"
2"
11 7/8"
20"
2"
3 5/16"
5"
3 11/16"
3/8"
5"
"
5°
3 3/4"
10 G.C.: CB
4"
1 5/16"
STORE
3/8"
PLAN - METAL FRAME 4"
SD
1
8 1/4"
15
1" 1" MT-100
2"
12"
18" 1/2" 5 5/8"
1"
1"
3 3/4"
8 1/8"
8 1/8"
3 11/16"
5" MT-100
3 3/4"
3 3/4"
MT-100 WD-100 4 5/8"
8 1/4"
4" 1/2"
57"
12"
60"
WD-100
8 1/4"
8 1/4"
MT-100
3 3/4"
3 3/4"
3 3/4"
1/2"
WD-100 1/2"
8 1/4"
8 1/4"
5"
60"
60"
MT-100
3 3/4"
3 3/4"
55 5/16"
12"
4"
22 1/8"
12"
WD-100

MT-100
METAL ATTACHED
22 1/8"
TO WOOD PANEL 3/4" D
10 1/8"
TORRANCE, CA 90505
7/8"
OPEN
10 1/8"
9" 9" 9" 2" 9"
SET SCREW TO
3/4"
MT-100 MT-100 SECURE WOOD
PANEL IN PLACE 1
2"
2"
2"
3/4"
20" 20"
20" MERCH
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
1 SECTION
15 SCALE : 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" PA
15

AMPLIFY | TEA CRATE DESIGN ELEMENTS - IMPULSE TREE
merchandise elements. Including the 3 and 4 shelf
B R O T
13921 BETTENC
CERRITOS,
OFFICE: 56
FAX: 562.
75
PO#
G.C.: CB
STORE
CRAFT STAMP
SD
CRAFT STAMP
CRAFT STAMP

D
TORRANCE, CA 90505
1
MERCH
PA

AMPLIFY | FIND YOUR FLAVOR & LOCAL ART
In larger locations, additional wall art
might be needed. These are meant to be
secondary in both placement and size
to the mural and heritage graphics.
Wall art will consist of dimensional oak frames or
fully wrapped canvas representing dynamic, SoCal
inspired images paired with core messaging.
Art should be placed sparingly as needed with
a maximum of three art pieces per wall. Only
FIND
one frame per wall should receive messaging.
This should be placed as the middle frame
in all cases. To maintain brand consistency
and avoid negative impact on focal wall, no
other artwork should be used or installed.
YOUR
SINCE

FlavoR 19
63
AMPLIFY | FIND YOUR FLAVOR & LOCAL ART
BUILDING THE COLLAGE
The collage should consist of the following key
elements:
HERITAGE COFFEE TEA LOCAL/ LIFESTYLE
• Heritage: Photography that relates to our brand
story. This can be raw ingredients, or historic REGIONAL
images of our store and product.
• Coffee & Tea: Photography of stylized product.

Either shots being pulled, tea being steeped, or
ingredients as well. Not to be promotional product
photography.
• Local & Regional: Photography should relate to the

immediate area in which the store is located. If this LOCAL/ FLAVOR COFFEE TEA LOCAL/
is an influencer location, it should relate directly
to the neighborhood in which it’s located. Brand REGIONAL PRODUCT REGIONAL
and Market stores can have more generic
representation.
• Lifestyle: Photography should consist of brand

approved imagery of people in action.
• Flavor Product: Photography of promotional based

product.
COFFEE TEA LIFESTYLE HERITAGE FLAVOR
PRODUCT
ALT. BUILDS
* “FIND YOUR Flavor” should be the core message

overly on the collages. The stand alone “&” is also FIND COFFEE
& &
acceptable, as well as “Coffee & Tea Since ‘63”
YOUR TEA
SINCE SINCE
FlavoR
SINCE
19 19 ‘63
63 63

AMPLIFY | COMMUNITY TABLE/ SEATING
Key element to help solidify a sense
of community within our stores.

AMPLIFY | LOUNGE SEATING
Lounge seating emphasizes a sense warmth
and cozy settings within our stores.

EXPLAIN | IN-STORE STORYTELLING
Graphics feature the care and craftsmanship that go
into producing the products. Photography showcases
where products are gown, raw ingredients,
and production methods. The product can be
shown in its natural or harvested form. Imagery is
paired with messaging that quickly explains the
brand’s dedication to care from seed to cup.
Heritage graphics should always be placed as
a group of three signs above the condiment
station. These graphics also integrate
and reinforce the ampersand activation,
which is found throughout the store.
NOTE: For stores with smaller footprints,

the graphics will be scaled down in size.

EXPLAIN | PRODUCT SHOW CASE SHELF
Product display to help showcase
our range of product.

EXPLAIN | HERITAGE WALL MURAL
This Mural should be the focal wall when possible,
reflecting The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf’s® heritage.
• Brand color palette
• Company’s brand story
• Reference to both categories, coffee and tea
• Product journey, from seed to cup
• Focus on the people, highlighting
the farmer and the barista
• Tea crate texture
• Southern California roots (local flair)
• Sustainability, global support,
environmentally aware
Stores should work in partnership with a local
artist to create a “one of a kind” masterpiece
exclusively for The Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf®. This
will provide authenticity and showcase an honest
commitment to the community, while providing
a creative yet casual look that ties to the SoCal
lifestyle. Each artist will be selected based on style,
skill set, and a rough sketch of their design that
shows a clear understanding of creative brief.
The artwork should tell a beautiful story that
continues to unfold in front of the viewer with
every visit they make. The murals created
should inspire both the internal team and the
guests – opening doors for additional revenue
generation including, but not limited to, location-
specific mugs posters, and holiday-driven
branded gift ideas all featuring the mural art.
For locations with limited space, no access
to local artists, or other reasons, tiered
solutions (full size printed canvas, framed
prints, or similar) will be available.
Image can be found on

www.coffeebeanconnect.com

SPECIFICATIONS
INTERIOR FURNITURE - CHAIRS & STOOLS
Alfi Chair, High Back Alfi Chair, Low Back Alfi Counter Stool, Low Back Broom Stacking Chair Broom Stacking Chair 1 Inch Reclaimed
ASH WOD ASH WOD ASH WOD

Natural or Dark Natural or Dark Natural or Dark
100% RECLAIMED 100% RECLAIMED 100% RECLAIMED 90% RECLAIMED 90% RECLAIMED
POLYPROPOYLENE POLYPROPOYLENE POLYPROPOYLENE POLYPROPOYLENE POLYPROPOYLENE 90% INDUSTRIAL WASTE
Dark Grey, Sand or Natural White Dark Grey, Sand or Natural White Dark Grey, Sand or Natural White Dark Grey, Sand or Natural White Dark Grey, Sand or Natural White Dark Grey, Sand or Light Grey
materials materials materials materials materials materials
17”W 18.75”D 31.5”H 18”SH 17"W 18.75"D 24.25"H 18”SH 17”W 18.75”D 31.75”H 25.75”SH 19”W 19.5”D 32.5”H 18”SH 16.75”W 16.25”D 31.25”H 24”SH 20.6”W 20.9”D 31.1”H 18”SH
dimensions dimensions dimensions dimensions dimensions dimensions
EMECO EMECO EMECO EMECO EMECO EMECO

vendor vendor vendor vendor vendor vendor

for vendor info.

INTERIOR FURNITURE - LOUNGE
SHOWN: : VINYL (BURCH

FABRICS / CARRARA /
Madison Lounge Chair NOT SHOWN: Madison 2-Seat Sofa Madison3-Seat Sofa Banquette
WOOD WOOD WOOD

WHITEOAK WHITEOAK WHITEOAK
BURCH CARRARA VINYL BURCH CARRARA VINYL BURCH CARRARA VINYL
Charcoal / Antelope/Buck Charcoal / Antelope/Buck Charcoal / Antelope/Buck WHITE OAK
materials materials materials materials
31.25"W 32.25"D 31.5"H 17.75”SH TBD"W 32.25"D 31.5"H 17.75”SH 73.75"W 32.25"D 31.5"H 17.75”SH PER SHOPS
dimensions dimensions dimensions dimensions
ACCESS HOSPITALITY ACCESS HOSPITALITY ACCESS HOSPITALITY MILLWORK

vendor vendor vendor

for vendor info.

INTERIOR FURNITURE - TABLES
Two-Top, Four Top, Community, Two-Top, Four Top, Community, Two-Top, Four Top, Community, Coffee Two-Top, Four Top, Two-Top, Four Top,
Coffee Tables Coffee Tables Tables Community, Coffee Tables Community, Coffee Tables
SOLID SURFACE/ CORIAN ALTERNATE SOLID QUARTZ RECLAIMED WOOD (WHITE OAK ASHWOOD (DARK WHITE OAK (NATURAL)
Canvas (ARDEN BLUE) STAIN TO MATCH QUERKUS HARLEM) CARBONIZED) materials
materials materials materials materials
PER SHOPS
PER SHOPS PER SHOPS PER SHOPS PER SHOPS dimensions
dimensions dimensions dimensions dimensions
AMKO GROUP
MILLWORK CUSTOM MILLWORK CUSTOM MILLWORK VENDOR, CUSTOM AMKO GROUP vendor
manufacturer manufacturer vendor vendor
BASE W/ LEVELERS
BASE W/ LEVELERS BASE W/ LEVELERS BASE W/ LEVELERS BASE W/ LEVELERS spec
spec spec spec spec

for vendor info.

EXTERIOR FURNITURE
EST. 1963 EST. 1963
Knot Side Chair Knot Bar Avon Lounge Chair - Coffee SM France Table Top + Steel Umbrellas Awning Awning Awning
Base
NYLONG ROPE + STEEL NYLONG ROPE + STEEL RESIN WEAVE / NEW GREY FABRIC- RECASENS EXISTING WALL FABRIC- RECASENS FABRIC- RECASENS
FRAME FRAME UPHOLSTRY: SUNBRELLA WEATHER PROOF RESIN R-061 materials R-061 R-153
(CHARCOAL + BLACK) (CHARCOAL + BLACK) (PENDING) COMPOSITE (WHITE/GREY STRIPE) (WHITE/GREY STRIPE) (STONE)
materials materials materials + STEEL BASE materials 60” W X OA LENGTH materials materials
(PALISADE BOIS + BLACK) dimensions
22.75"W 22"D 35"H 18"SH 24.5"W 23.5"D 42.5"H 29"SH 22.75" W 22" D 35" H 18" SH materials 8’ DIAMETERS 60”W X OA LENGTH 60” W X OA LENGTH
dimensions dimensions dimensions dimensions RECASENS USA dimensions dimensions
24" ROUNDS + 24"X36" manufacturer
GAR GAR GAR RECTANGULAR RECASENS USA RECASENS USA RECASENS USA
vendor + 30"X42" ADA
dimensions
SUNBRELLA: BISBEE
CHARCOAL SM FRANCE / ADRIANO
vendor

for vendor info.

LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS – INTERIOR ACCENT
LL Opt. 1: Hot Bar: LL Opt. 2 Hot Bar: Koma Taisho LN Opt. 1 Counter Seating LN Opt. 3: Dodo Pendant
LN Opt. 2: Window Pendants: Castle
Castle Bell Pendant -Small Pendant Pendants: XS Pendant
Castle Pendant XS STEEL- COPPER BLACK
CONCRETE + METAL materials
CONCRETE + METAL SATIN BLACK ALUMINUM + materials
materials BLACK CORD CONCRETE + STEEL 60W MAX 120V E26
materials materials ONE 35 WATT (300 LUMENS) light
100W 120V E26 (MEDIUM
120 VOLT G9 DOUBLE LOOP BASE
BASE) LED: 2750.XX-G, GU24 BASE G9 1 X MAX 35W 7.1"W 8.7"H
XENON LAMP
light 9W, 850 LM light dimensions
light
light
8.7"W 7.9"H 4.3”D 3.9”H 78.7” H MAX SEED
3.9"W 3.9"H
dimensions 9"W 11"H dimensions vendor
dimensions
dimensions
SEED SEED SEED
vendor SONNEMAN manufacturer manufacturer
vendor

for vendor info.

LC Opt. 1 Community Table: LC Opt. 2 Community Table:

Zhe Linear Suspension - Large LaLu + Pendant
STEEL - BLACK + FROSTED GLASS + BEECH WOOD STEEL - SHINY COPPER SHADE + MATTE BLACK
materials BODY
materials
(X6) 72W 120V E26 (MEDIUM BASE)
light E26 X 4 MAX 60W
light
52"W 9.1"W 5.5"H
dimensions 54.7"W 26.4"W 3.9” H 78.7" MAX H
dimensions
SEED
manufacturer SEED
manufacturer

for vendor info.

LO Opt. 2 Soft Seating: Ronan

Grand Pendant
METAL - BLACK
materials
75W MAX 120V E26

light
18.9"L 17.6"W 12'H

dimensions
TECH
manufacturer

for vendor info.

LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS – GENERAL
LM: Hi-lite deep bowl LA: 4" Recessed downlight LB: 6" Recessed downlight LP: Juno track lighting & Menu Light LG: Egress sign EM: Thermoplastic Emergency Light
pendant
WHITE ALUMINUM WHITE ALUMINUM BLACK ALUMINUM GVLED GREEN SERIES - BLACK N/A
BLACK ALUMINUM materials materials materials FINISH materials
materials materials
LED: 14.7 W, 1000 LM LED: 14.7 W, 1000 LM HIGH PERFORMANCE 10W LED 6 LED, 24V, 376 LM/FT, 2.8 W/FT
LED 2: 120V, 13W, 1250 LM light light light LED light
light light
4" ROUND FRAME KIT 6" ROUND FRAME KIT TRACK: 4' - 8' L 7/16”W 1/8” H
24"W 20.25"H dimensions dimensions dimensions 24"W 11"H dimensions
dimensions dimensions
DMF DMF CED QUANTUM
HI-LITE MFG. CO. vendor vendor vendor EXITRONIX - BARRON LIGHTING vendor
vendor vendor

for vendor info.

LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS – GENERAL
LI:Series Sky Troffer LR: LED Wrap Around

LF:Series Sky Troffer
WHITE ALUMINUM ACRYLIC
WHITE ALUMINUM materials materials
materials
LED: 35.6W, 120-277 V, 3548 LM 28 W, 2950 LM, DIMMABLE
LED: 52W, 120-277 V, 5827 light 0-10V
LM light
light 2’ X 2’
dimensions 24” L
2’ X 4’ dimensions
dimensions MOBERN LIGHTING
vendor MOBERN LIGHTING
MOBERN LIGHTING manufacturer
vendor

for vendor info.

INTERIOR SPECIFICATIONS – FINISHES & MATERIALS
• BREW:
Wall Wall Wall Wall + Counter Counter/ Influencer Store Counter/ Influencer Store Counter /Brand or Counter /Brand or
Market Stores Market Stores
PAINT DEKTON “SOLID QUARTZ” “SOLID QUARTZ” (ARDEN SOLID SURFACE SOLID SURFACE
PAINT materials PAINT WOOD (CONCRETE BLANC) BLUE - VOLCANO FINISH) (CANVAS) (NIGHTSKY)
materials materials materials materials materials materials materials
EAGLE ROCK 1469
REVERE PEWTER HC-172 spec GRAPHITE 1603 VINTAGE OAK HARLEM PER SHOPS PER SHOPS PER SHOPS PER SHOPS
spec spec spec dimensions dimensions spec spec
BENJAMIN MOORE
BENJAMIN MOORE vendor BENJAMIN MOORE QUERKUS SILESTONE SILESTONE SILESTONE SILESTONE
vendor vendor vendor manufacturer manufacturer vendor vendor

for vendor info.

• STEEP:
Wall Wall Wall Wall + Counter Counter/ Influencer Store Counter/ Influencer Store Counter /Brand or Counter /Brand or
Market Stores Market Stores
DEKTON “SOLID QUARTZ” “SOLID QUARTZ” (ARDEN SOLID SURFACE SOLID SURFACE
PAINT PAINT PAINT WOOD (CONCRETE BLANC) BLUE - VOLCANO FINISH) (CANVAS) (NIGHTSKY)
materials materials materials materials materials materials materials materials
REVERE PEWTER HC-172 ALEXANDRIA BEIGE MIDDLEBURY BROWN VINTAGE OAK HARLEM PER SHOPS PER SHOPS PER SHOPS PER SHOPS
spec HC-77 HC-68 spec dimensions dimensions spec spec
spec spec
BENJAMIN MOORE QUERKUS SILESTONE SILESTONE SILESTONE SILESTONE
vendor BENJAMIN MOORE BENJAMIN MOORE vendor manufacturer manufacturer vendor vendor
vendor vendor

for vendor info.

Wall Alternate Wall Bathroom Tile Flooring throughout Suspended Ceiling
TILE TILE TILE CONCRETE ULTIMA HEALTH ZONE

materials materials materials materials materials
DIAMOND GRIND/
PERSPECTIVE WHITE POLISHED
CUSTOM CBTL TILE- CUSTOM CBTL TILE- 12” X 24” + 6” X 12” Prosoco LS/LS Guard #1936 / WHITE /
LIGHT FIELD DARK FIELD COVE Sealer UNPERFORATED
spec spec spec spec spec
MARK BEAMISH
EMSER EMSER EMSER WATERPROOFING ARMSTRONG
vendor vendor vendor vendor vendor

for vendor info.

VENDOR CONTACTS
DATE TO BE DAYS BEFORE
VENDOR ITEMS QTY CONTACTS NOTES
DELIVERED TURNOVER
Priority One DT Loop Detector & Headsets Angela Armendariz DRIVE THRU LOCATIONS ONLY
Loop Delivery 11/14/19 120 [email protected]
Headsets 3/13/20 0 855-238-7444 install after OCB in place
CED Lighting Jennifer Zerbst
Rough ins 1/23/20 50 [email protected]
Final Package 2/12/20 30 562-926-7202
Emser Tile Tile Finishes Heidi Kidd
B1 Base Tile - Front Line [email protected]
B2 Base Tile - Back Line 1/31/20 42 (713) 462-2411 Ext 246
B2 Base Tile - Outside Corners
T1 Wall Tile - Service Christina Dunbar
T4 Wall Tile - Bathroom [email protected]
(713) 462-2411 x2103
Franchisee Security Cameras & Alarm

Choice
Prewire 2/1/20 41 During rough in stages before walls and ceiling are closed
in
Final 3/4/20 9
Cloud Cover Music Player Suraj Busari, Account Manager Music player only
Final 2/28/20 14 [email protected]

for vendor info.

VENDOR CONTACTS
DELIVERED TURNOVER
Affinitech Music System Installation Wayne Williams Interior & Exterior Speakers
Prewire 1/27/20 46 [email protected]
Final 2/28/20 14 952-270-7187
Franchisee Pest Contol

Choice
Pre-treat 1/27/20 46 Pre-treat interior walls before closed up
Second treatment 3/10/20 3
FAD Millwork Angela Castillo-Howard
2/10/20 32 [email protected]
OR (562) 715-3943
Millwork Brothers Millwork & Stainless Pete Panagakos
OR 562-335-8996
JBI Millwork Ana Cuk
9492955376
Grand + Bene- Stainless Byron Vince Ben Focke

dicts (12WKS)
OR 2/10/20 32 [email protected] [email protected]
WestStar Indus- (503) 797-0630 209-993-4707

tries (6 WKS)

for vendor info.

VENDOR CONTACTS
DELIVERED TURNOVER
East Bay Restau- Kitchen Equipment Tiffany Allen
rant Supply
Table bases 2/13/20 29 [email protected]
Umbrellas 510-627-0231
Nuova Simonelli Espresso Machine Kyle Belmondo
2/14/20 28 (360) 366 2226 x24
[email protected]
Eversys Espresso Machine Jessica Nguyen
888-711-0750 x445
WP Electric Inside Low Voltage Cabling John Delgado
Final (6 days prior to IT com- 2/13/20 29 [email protected] Pre-wire after front counter complete
plete)
562-469-8304
FX Signs Exterior Signage Fong Ly
951-323-6640
South-Tek Systems Nitrogen System Chris Dunn 1 week notice once contract is in place
(Airgas) 2/17/20 25 [email protected] 2/10/20
562-417-6234

for vendor info.

VENDOR CONTACTS
DELIVERED TURNOVER
Cintas Chemical Dispensers Katie Harris
859-351-2132
Kinetico RO System Thomas Best
2/19/20 23 [email protected] [email protected]
630-306-7670 800-321-5022 option 1
Kinetico via Spe- Exhange Tanks Isabel Renteria

cial T Water
562-945-7595
AMKO Interior Table Tops Rocio Bautista OR CAN BE BY MILLWORK VENDOR FOR HIGHER END
FINISH
323-234-0388
Emeco Interior Chairs/Stools Dahlia Latif Ordering Email
2/28/20 14 [email protected] [email protected]
732-319-6292
Access Hospitality Interior Soft Seating Marylyn Parel

Resources
Lounge Seating 2/28/20 14 [email protected]
Exterior Seating 213-509-4027

for vendor info.

VENDOR CONTACTS
DELIVERED TURNOVER
Christopher's Inc Artwork John Guest Per CBTL provided Key Plan
714-444-4336
Adriano Contract Exterior Tables Debbie Portillo

Seating
310-515-9040
Roll-A-Shade Window Shades America Zavala
(951) 245-5077 ;141
Franchisee Keys and Cores

Choice
3/6/20 7
Franchisee Start up & Calibration Walter Molina EspressoMe is CBTL preferred vendor in SoCal Market.
Choice
3/6/20 7 [email protected] Check with Eversys and Simonelli reps for local preferred/
authorized vendors
971-727-4141
Franchisee Professional Photography Take photos the day before open with store Professional photography highly recommended for all new
Choice locations
3/29/20 -16 completeley stocked and staged and remodels for social, professional and promotional an-
nouncements

for vendor info.

GENERAL EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
E01 - ICE MACHINE
GEM0956/0955 - NUGGET ICE MAKER GEM0956/0955 - NUGGET ICE MAKER
Ice. Pure and Simple Ice. Pure and Simple
Air Cooled
Please note: air-cooled units require 6" (152 mm)
clearance for air intake and exhaust.
GEM0956/0955 NUGGET ICE MAKER
GEM0956/0955 NUGGET ICE MAKER

A. Ice maker potable water in, 3/8" FPT.
Features B. Ice maker water out, 3/4" FPT.
• Space-saving 21" (533 mm) wide design. C. Electrical inlet. C.
• Produces up to 1,053 lbs (478 kg) of ice per day. A.
Air In– Front 9.5" (241 mm)
• Soft, chewable nugget ice crystals. B.
5.25" (133 mm)
• Cools beverages faster and longer while 3" (76 mm)
maintaining flavors better.
2.3" (58 mm)
Air Out
• Decreased water and power usage compared to 27" (686 mm) 2.1" (53 mm)
cube ice makers. Rear View Air Cooled

24" 21"
(610mm) (533 mm)
• SystemSafe load monitoring system constantly checks 5.9" (150 mm)
workload on gearbox, shutting down system before 3" (76 mm)
a problem develops and preventing costly repairs. Water Cooled/Remote G.
• Water Sensor eliminates low or no water failures and A. Ice maker water in, 3/8" FPT.
F. 3.8" (97 mm)
cannot be affected by adverse water conditions.

H.
B. Ice maker water out, 3/4" FPT.
• Rugged stainless steel evaporator and auger C. Electrical inlet.
D. C.
ensures reliability. D. Condenser water in, 3/8" (water cooled only).
20.8" (528 mm)

4.5" (114 mm)
• Industrial-grade roller bearings and heavy-duty E. Condenser water out, 1/2" (water cooled only).
12.4" (315 mm)

gearbox provide years of trouble-free service. F. Liquid line, 3/8" male coupling for 14.25" (362 mm) A.
precharged line set (remote only). B.
5.25" (133 mm)
G. Discharge line, 1/2" male coupling for
3" (8 mm)
precharged line set (remote only).
2.6" (66 mm)
H. Remote condenser junction box (remote only). 1.6" (41 mm)
E. 9.9" (252 mm)
4.7" (119 mm)
GEM0956 ON IOD250
Rear View Water Cooled & Remote
Operating Requirements Dimensions

Options & Accessories Ice Maker Warranty
Every Ice-O-Matic ice maker is backed by a warranty MINIMUM MAXIMUM ALL MODELS
WATER FILTERS
that provides both parts and labor coverage. 60 Hz 50 Hz
Manifold Inline W x D x H (in.) 21 x 24 x 27
Ice Machine • Three years Parts and Labor for all nugget ice Ambient Temp. Range Air 50˚F (10˚C)
Model System Replacement System maker parts. 40˚F (4.4˚C)
100˚F (38˚C)
Water Temp.
W x D x H (mm) 533 x 610 x 686
GEM0956 • Five years Parts coverage on the compressor. Water Pressure 20 PSIG (1.4 BAR) 120 PSIG (8.3 BAR)
IFQ1 IOMQ (1) N/A
GEM0955 Remote Cond. Temps -20˚F (-29˚C) 120˚F (50˚C)
Specifications
Water Usage
Ice Production gallons per 100 lbs (45 kg) of Ice
per 24hrs kWH Used
Ice Form Bin Chart Kits for Combining Wider Bins with Smaller Models
70°F (21°C) air/ 90°F (32°C) air/
90°F (32°C) air/70°F (21°C) water
per 100 lbs
(45 kg) of ice @ Min. Approx.
50°F (10°C) 70°F (21°C) 90°F (32°C) air/ Voltage Circuit Fuse BTUs
ICE STORAGE BINS Model Number Cond. Unit water lbs (kg) water lbs (kg) Potable Condenser 70°F (21°C) water Characteristics Ampacity Size per hour**
GEM0956A Air 1,053 (478) 753 (342) - 4.06

Model No. B25 B40 B42 B55 B70-30 B90-30 B100 B120 B150 B170
Capacity 242 lbs (110 kg) 344 lbs (156 kg) 351 lbs (160 kg) 510 lbs (232 kg) 741 lbs (337 kg) 1023 lbs (465 kg) 854 lbs (388 kg) 1142 lbs (519 kg) 1447 lbs (658 kg) 1807 lbs (821 kg) 11.8 15
Width 30 in (762 mm) 30 in (762 mm) 22 in (559 mm) 30 in (762 mm) 30 in (762 mm) 30 in (762 mm) 48 in (1219 mm) 48 in (1219 mm) 60 in (1524 mm) 60 in (1524 mm) GEM0956W Water 1,053 (478) 877 (398) 84.3 3.12 208-230/60/1 5,600
GEM0956 KBT19 KBT24 KBT19 KBT23 GEM0956R Remote* 1,011 (459) 825 (374) 12.0 - 4.20 15.2
20
GEM0955A Air 1,053 (478) 770 (349) - 4.54 13.4
GEM0956
Kits
N/A KBT22 220-240/50/1 4,400

(2)
N/A N/A GEM0955W Water 1,128 (512) 927 (420) 87.5 3.27 13.1 15
NUGGET ICE DIMENSIONS GEM0955 KBT19 KBT24 KBT19 KBT23
*Requires Remote GRC1061 Condenser **BTUH is calculated 0°F Evaporator, 100°F Condensing, and 33 PSIG.
H x Dia. (in.) 1/2 x 3/8 NOTES:
GEM0955 Number of Wires: 3 (including ground)
N/A KBT22 Approx. Shipping Weight lbs (kg): GEM0955A 220 (110) • GEM0955W 220 (100) • GEM0956A 290 (132) • GEM0956W 290 (132) • GEM0956R 290 (132)
H x Dia. (mm) 12.7 x 9.5 (2)
Refrigerant Type: R404A
*See Ice-O-Matic Price List for Adapter Kits to combine ice makers with most available ice/beverage dispensers. ENERGY STAR qualified machine. Please see our website www.iceomatic.com for the latest list of ENERGY STAR qualified machines and available rebates
11100 E. 45th Avenue • Denver, CO 80239 • Phone: 1. 866. PURE. ICE • Fax: 303. 371. 6296 • www.iceomatic.com Rev: 04/14
Part: 7002

Published March, 2021.
BOH GENERAL EQUIPMENT 3
© 2015 International CoffeeFor internal
& Tea, userights
LLC. All only.reserved. © 2015 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved.
Published July 2015. For internal use only. Published July 2015. For internal use only.
E02 - ICE STORAGE BIN E02 A- ICE STORAGE LID
STORAGE�BINS STORAGE�BINS
Ice. Pure and Simple Ice. Pure and Simple
Options & Accessories
4503"(&Ŏ#*/4
4503"(&Ŏ#*/4
Features ACCESSORIES
Item Number :[iYh_fj_ed
s"QQMJDBUJPOTUPSBHFDBQBDJUZGSPNMCT LH
UP
MCT LH
��-�� ņŊŎQMBTUJDQBEEMFGPSB��B��B��B��B��
s6MUSBMPXQSPGJMF NN
UP NN
UBMM ňłŎQMBTUJDQBEEMFGPSB��B��B��B��B��
s.VMUJQMFCJOUPQTQSPWJEFBOFBTZTPMVUJPOGPSNPVOUJOH ��PVODFJDFTDPPQFS

JDFNBLFSTPOEJGGFSFOUTJ[FECJOT
*DFTDPPQTPMETFQBSBUFMZGPSB��B��B��B��BOE�B��NPEFMT
s1PMZFUIZMFOFCJOMJOFSJTJOTVMBUFEXJUIGPBNGPS
NBYJNVNJDFQSFTFSWBUJPO"UP" NNUPNN

Dimensions 6 3/4” 6 3/4”
s1FSGFDUGJUTFBMGPSJNQSPWFEJDFQSFTFSWBUJPO (172mm) (172mm)
s3VHHFE GJOHFSQSJOUQSPPGEPPS 5 1/4”

(133mm) 50” 50”
s#VJMUJOJDFTDPPQIPMEFSTPODFSUBJONPEFMT 31 1/2” 37 1/2” 44” (1270mm) 44” (1270mm)
B25 15”
22”
28” B40 15” (800mm) (953mm) B42 11”
(1118mm) B55 15” (1118mm)
s4UVSEZMFHEFTJHO NN
BEKVTUBCMF/4' Rear Bin
(381mm)
(559mm)
(711mm)
Rear Bin (381mm) Rear Bin (279mm)
Drain
Rear Bin
Drain
(381mm)
Drain Drain
BQQSPWFEMFHTTUBOEBSE 3/4” (19mm) 3/4” (19mm) 3/4” (19mm)
F.P.T.
3/4” (19mm)
F.P.T. F.P.T. F.P.T.
s%VSBCMFTUBJOMFTTGJOJTI 31” 30”

6” (152mm) to
7” (178mm) 31” 30”
6” (152mm) to
7” (178mm) 31” 22”
6” (152mm) to
7” (178mm) 31” 30”
6” (152mm) to
7” (178mm)
(787mm) (762mm) Adjustable Legs (787mm) (762mm) Adjustable Legs Adjustable Legs (787mm) (762mm)
(787mm) (559mm) Adjustable Legs
s$PSSPTJPOQSPPGCJOMJOFS
6 3/4”
(172mm)
B100 50” B70 58”

B90 78”
44” (1270mm) (1473mm) (1981mm)
Rear Bin Drain (1118mm) 14 1/4” IPS Plastic 14 1/4”
IPS Plastic (362mm)
3/4” (19mm) Bin Drain (362mm) Bin Drain
24”
F.P.T. 1” (25mm) 1” (25mm)
(610mm) 11” 11”
Centered at Centered at (279mm)
(279mm) Bottom of Bin
Bottom of Bin
6” (152mm) to 30” 30”

7” (178mm) (762mm) 34” (762mm)
31” 48” 34”
Ordering and Specification Information — Required Bin Top (787mm) (1219mm) Adjustable Legs (864mm) (864mm)
Approximate ICE Series™ Cube Ice Makers Pearl Ice Makers Flake Ice Makers
ARI Bin Shipping
Bin Model No. App.
Storage Rating
Storage
MCT LHT
Weight
MCT LHT
NN

XJEF
NN

XJEF
NN

XJEF
NN

XJEF
NN

XJEF
NN

XJEF B120 B150 B170
54” 66”
B��PP*

KBT�� /" KBT�� KBT�� /" 54” (1372mm) (1676mm)
(1372mm)
14 1/2” 14 1/2”
14 1/2” (368mm)
B��PS

KBT�� /" KBT�� KBT�� /" (368mm) (368mm)
IPS Plastic IPS Plastic IPS Plastic
13” Bin Drain 13”
Bin Drain 13” Bin Drain (330mm) (330mm)
(330mm) 1” (25mm) 1” (25mm)
B��PS

/" /" KBT�� KBT�� /" 1” (25mm)
Centered at
Centered at Centered at
Bottom of Bin Bottom of Bin 60” Bottom of Bin 60”
48” 34” (1524mm) 34” (1524mm)
B��PS

KBT�� /" KBT�� KBT�� /" 34” (1219mm) (864mm) (864mm)
(864mm)
B��-��

/" /" /" /" /"
23 1/2” 23 1/2” 24”

B��-��

/" /" /" /" /" (597mm) (597mm) (610mm)
48” 48”
30” 48”
B��-��

/" /" /" /" /" (1219mm) (762mm)
(1219mm) (1219mm)
KBT5 KBT19 KBT22
Bin Top for 48” (1219mm) Bin Top for 30” (762mm) Bin Top for 48” (1219mm)
B��-��

/" /" /" /" /" bins with (1) 30” (762mm) wide bins with 22” (559mm) bins with (2) 21” (533mm) wide
ICE Series Cube Ice Maker ICE Series Cube Ice Makers GEM Series Ice Makers
GEM Series Ice Makers & & MFI Series Ice Makers
B��PS

/" KBT� KBT�� KBT�� KBT�� MFI Series Ice Makers
24” 23 1/2” 24”

#Ńńł4144

/" ** KBT�� /" (610mm) (597mm) (610mm)
48” 22” 48”

B��SP

/" ** KBT�� /" (1219mm) (559mm) (1219mm)
KBT23 KBT24 KBT26
Bin Top for 48” (1219mm) Bin Top for 22” (559mm) bins Bin Top for 48” (1219mm)
#ŃŇł4144

/" ** KBT�� /" bins with (1) 21” (533mm) wide with (1) 21” (533mm) wide bins with (1) 42” (1067mm) wide
GEM Series Ice Makers GEM Series Ice Maker MFI2406 Ice Maker
& MFI Series Ice Makers
#Ńŉł4144

/" ** KBT�� /"
/05&4
"QQSPY4IJQQJOH8FJHIUMCT LH
B�� LH
sB�� LH
sB�� LH
sB�� LH
sB�� LH

,JUOPUSFRVJSFE)PMEEPXOTFDVSFNFOUSFDPNNFOEFE B�� LH
sB�� LH
sB�� LH
sB�� LH
sB�� LH
sB�� LH
#JO)FJHIUJODMVEFT NN
MFHT"MMCJOTIBWFQPMZFUIZMFOFMJOFST
3PUPDBTUlOJTI
**ICE��JTDPNQBUJCMFXJUI# # #BOE#VTJOHBU,#5��
'''&&;$*+j^7l[dk[:[dl[h"9E.&()/Fêd[0'$.,,$FKH;$?9;<Wn0)&)$)-'$,(/,mmm$_Y[ecWj_Y$Yec Rev: 05/13
Part: 3000

& Tea, userights
E03 - LID DISPENSER

Published March, 2021. For internal use only.
SERVICE AREA GENERAL EQUIPMENT 5
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
E04 - 48” UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR
AIA #
Model: Undercounter:
TRUE FOOD SERVICE Project Name: TUC-48-LP Low Profile Solid Door Refrigerator
EQUIPMENT, INC. Location:
&BTU5FSSB-BOFt0'BMMPO .JTTPVSJt

Item #: Qty:
SIS # STANDARD FEATURES
'BY
t5PMM'SFF
t*OUM'BY

1BSUT%FQU
536&t1BSUT%FQU'BY
tXXXUSVFNGHDPN
DESIGN t Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white MODEL FEATURES
Model #: t True’s undercounter’s are designed with aluminum liner. Stainless steel floor with t Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the
enduring quality and value that protects your coved corners. potential of corrosion.
Model: Undercounter: long term investment. Our commitment t Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid t NSF-7 compliant for open food product.
TUC-48-LP Low Profile Solid Door Refrigerator to using the highest quality materials and doors are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A ELECTRICAL
oversized refrigeration ensures exceptional high density, polyurethane insulation that has t Unit completely pre-wired at factory and
food preservation. zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero ready for final connection to a 115/60/1
TUC-48-LP t “Low Profile” models are designed to slide global warming potential (GWP). phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and
easily under custom built countertops. t 1 ½" (39 mm) diameter dual swivel castors plug set included.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM permits easy placement. 31 7⁄8" (810 mm)
Designed using the highest
quality materials and t Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary work surface height.
components to provide the tube system using enviromentally friendly DOORS
user with colder product (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. t Stainless steel exterior with white aluminum
t Oversized, factory balanced refrigeration liner to match cabinet interior. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES
temperatures, lower utility
costs, exceptional food safety system with guided airflow to provide t Each door fitted with 12" (305 mm) long Upcharge and lead times may apply.
and the best value in today’s uniform product temperatures. recessed handle that is foamed-in-place with ❑ 230 - 240V / 50 Hz.
food service marketplace. t Extra large evaporator coil balanced with a sheet metal interlock to ensure permanent ❑ Barrel locks (factory installed). Requires one
higher horsepower compressor and large attachment. per door.
"Low Profile" models are condenser maintains cabinet temperatures of t Positive seal self-closing door(s) with 90°stay ❑ Additional shelves.
designed to slide easily under 33°F to 38°F (.5°C to 3.3°C) for the best in food open feature. Door(s) swing within cabinet ❑ 30" (762 mm) deep, ½" thick (13 mm), white
custom built countertops. polyethylene cutting board.
preservation. dimensions.
t Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator t Magnetic door gasket(s) of one piece ❑ 30" (762 mm) deep, ½" thick (13 mm),
1 ½" (39 mm) diameter dual composite cutting board.
swivel castors. 31 7⁄8" (810 mm) fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True construction, removable without tools for
work surface height. undercounter units a more efficient low ease of cleaning. ❑ Heavy duty 16 gauge tops.
velocity, high volume airflow design. This ❑ Exterior rectangular digital thermometer
Oversized, factory balanced, SHELVING
(factory installed).
refrigeration system holds 33°F
unique design ensures faster temperature t Four (4) adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated ❑ Standard height units with 5" (127 mm)
recovery and shorter run times in the busiest wire shelves 21 9⁄16"L x 16"D (548 mm x 591
to 38°F (.5°C to 3.3°C). diameter castors. 36" (915 mm) work surface
of foodservice environments. mm). Four (4) chrome plated shelf clips
All stainless steel front, top t Condensing unit access located in back, slides height.
included per shelf.
❑ ADA compliant models with 34" (864 mm)
and cabinet ends. Matching out for easy maintenance. t Shelf support pilasters made of same material work surface height.
aluminum finished back. t Electric heated condensate pan. as cabinet interior; shelves are adjustable
Attractive, NSF approved, white CABINET CONSTRUCTION on ½" (13 mm) increments.
aluminum interior liner with t Exterior - stainless steel top, front and sides
ADA & Low Profile Comparison stainless steel floor. with matching aluminum back.
Self closing door(s). Positive

seal, torsion type closure
system. PLAN VIEW
11/2” diameter Foamed-in-place using
dual swivel castors Ecomate. A high density,
for “LP” models. polyurethane insulation that
has zero ozone depletion
Standard ADA Low Profile
36" height 34" height 317/8" height potential (ODP) and zero global
(915 mm) (864 mm) (810 mm) warming potential (GWP).
Scan code
for video
ROUGH-IN DATA Specifications subject to change without notice.

Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1⁄8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number).
Cabinet Dimensions
(inches) Cord Crated
(mm) Length Weight
Counter NEMA (total ft.) (lbs.)
Model Doors Shelves L D† H* Height HP Voltage Amps Config. (total m) (kg)
TUC-48-LP 2 4 483⁄8 301⁄8 29¾ 317⁄8 1⁄5 115/60/1 6.4 5-15P 7 275
1229 766 756 1⁄3 230-240/50/1 4.9 Ÿ 2.13 125
† Depth does not include 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. Ÿ3OXJW\SHYDULHVE\FRXQWU\ WARRANTY*
* Height does not include 21⁄8" (54 mm) for castors.
Three year warranty on all parts METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE
and labor and an additional 2 year NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back
TRUE REFRIGERATION® APPROVALS: AVAILABLE AT: warranty on compressor. KCL
MADE IN (U.S.A. only) SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE TUC-48-LP TFQY102E TFQY102S TFQY02P TFQY1023
U.S.A. WITHOUT NOTICE
SINCE 1945 *RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS: TRUE assumes no liability for parts or
labor coverage for component failure or other damages resulting
from installation in non-commercial or residential applications.
10/14 Printed in U.S.A.
TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
t'BY
t5PMM'SFF
t*OUM'BY
tXXXUSVFNGHDPN

Published March, 2021. For
© 2015 International Coffee & internal
Tea, LLC. use only.reserved.
All rights © 2015 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved.
E04B - 36” UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR
AIA #
TRUE MANUFACTURING CO., INC. Project Name: Model: Undercounter:
U.S.A. FOODSERVICE DIVISION TUC-36-LP-HC Low Profile Solid Door Refrigerator
Location:
SIS #
with Hydrocarbon Refrigerant
2001 East Terra Lane • O’Fallon, Missouri 63366-4434 • (636)240-2400
Item #: Qty: STANDARD FEATURES
Fax (636)272-2408 • Toll Free (800)325-6152 • Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546
Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE • Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 • www.truemfg.com Model #: DESIGN CABINET CONSTRUCTION • Shelf support pilasters made of same
• True’s undercounter’s are designed • Exterior - stainless steel front, top and ends. material as cabinet interior; shelves are
Model: Undercounter: with enduring quality and value that Corrosion resistant GalFan coated steel adjustable on 1/2" (13 mm) increments.
TUC-36-LP-HC Low Profile Solid Door Refrigerator with Hydrocarbon Refrigerant protects your long term investment. Our back. MODEL FEATURES
commitment to using the highest quality • Interior - attractive, NSF approved, clear • Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the
materials and oversized refrigeration coated aluminum liner. Stainless steel floor potential of corrosion.
ensures exceptional food preservation. with coved corners. • NSF/ANSI Standard 7 compliant for open
TUC-36-LP-HC • “Low Profile” models are designed to slide • Insulation - entire cabinet structure and food product.
easily under custom built countertops. solid doors are foamed-in-place using a
Designed using the highest quality high density, polyurethane insulation that
ELECTRICAL
materials and components to REFRIGERATION SYSTEM • Unit completely pre-wired at factory and
provide the user with colder product • Factory engineered, self-contained, has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) ready for final connection to a 115/60/1
temperatures, lower utility costs, capillary tube system using and zero global warming potential (GWP). phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and
exceptional food safety and the environmentally friendly R290 hydro • 1 1/2" (39 mm) diameter dual swivel castors plug set included.
best value in today’s food service carbon refrigerant that has zero (0) ozone permits easy placement. 31 7/8" (810 mm)
marketplace. work surface height.
depletion potential (ODP), & three (3)
"Low Profile" models are designed global warming potential (GWP). DOORS
to slide easily under custom built • Energy efficient, factory balanced • Stainless steel exterior with clear aluminum
countertops. 1 1/2" (39 mm) diameter refrigeration system with guided airflow to liner to match cabinet interior. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES
dual swivel castors. 31 7/8" (810 mm)
work surface height.
provide uniform product temperatures. • Each door fitted with 12" (305 mm) long Upcharge and lead times may apply.
• High capacity, factory balanced recessed handle that is foamed-in-place ❑ Barrel locks (factory installed). Requires one
Factory engineered, self-contained, refrigeration system that maintains cabinet with a sheet metal interlock to ensure per door.
capillary tube system using temperatures of 33°F to 38°F (.5°C to 3.3°C) permanent attachment. ❑ Additional shelves.
environmentally friendly R290 hydro
carbon refrigerant that has zero (0)
for the best in food preservation. • Positive seal self-closing doors with 90° stay ❑ 30" (762 mm) deep, 1/2" thick (13 mm), white
ozone depletion potential (ODP), &
• State of the art, electronically commutated open feature. Doors swing within cabinet polyethylene cutting board.
evaporator and condenser fan motors. ECM dimensions. ❑ 30" (762 mm) deep, 1/2" thick (13 mm),
three (3) global warming potential
(GWP). motors operate at higher peak efficiencies • Magnetic door gaskets of one piece composite cutting board.
and move a more consistent volume of air construction, removable without tools for ❑ Heavy duty 16 gauge tops.
High capacity, factory balanced which produces less heat, reduces energy ease of cleaning. ❑ Exterior rectangular digital thermometer
refrigeration system that maintains (factory installed).
cabinet temperatures of 33°F to 38°F
consumption and provides greater motor SHELVING
(.5°C to 3.3°C) for the best in food reliability. • Four (4) adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated ❑ Standard height units with 5" (127 mm)
preservation. • Condensing unit access located in back, wire shelves. Two (2) top shelves are diameter castors. 36" (915 mm) work
slides out for easy maintenance. 15 9/16”L x 20 1/4”D (396 mm x 515 mm), Two surface height.
All stainless steel front, top and ends. (2) bottom shelves are 15 9/16”L x 13 3/4”D ❑ ADA compliant models with 34" (864 mm)
Corrosion resistant GalFan coated work surface height.
steel back. (396 mm x 350 mm). Four (4) chrome
plated shelf clips included per shelf.
Interior - attractive, NSF approved,
clear coated aluminum liner with
stainless steel floor. PLAN VIEW
4617/32"
Self closing doors. Positive seal, (1182 mm)
torsion type closure system.
1515/32" 301/8" 1"
Foamed-in-place using a high 363/8" (393 mm) (766 mm) (26 mm)
density, polyurethane insulation that (924 mm)
has zero ozone depletion potential
(ODP) and zero global warming
potential (GWP).
293/4"
(756 mm)
ROUGH-IN DATA Specifications subject to change without notice. 317/8"

Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). (810 mm)
Cabinet Dimensions
(mm) Length Weight
NEMA (total ft.) (lbs.)
Model Doors Shelves L D† H* HP Voltage Amps Config. (total m) (kg) 21/8"
(54 mm)
TUC-36-LP-HC 2 4 363/8 301/8 293/4 1/6 115/60/1 2.0 5-15P 11 TBD ELEVATION RIGHT VIEW
924 766 756 N/A N/A 3.35 TBD
† Depth does not include 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. WARRANTY
METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE
* Height does not include 21/8" (54 mm) for castors. Three year warranty on all parts NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back
and labor and an additional 2 year KCL
warranty on compressor. SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE TUC-36-LP-HC TFPY45E TFPY45S TFPY25P TFPY453
APPROVALS: AVAILABLE AT: (U.S.A. only) WITHOUT NOTICE
MADE WITH
INNOVATION
IN THE USA
TRUE MANUFACTURING CO., INC.

6/18-A Printed in U.S.A. 2001 East Terra Lane • O’Fallon, Missouri 63366-4434 • (636)240-2400 • Fax (636)272-2408 • Toll Free (800)325-6152 • Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 • www.truemfg.com

E04C - UNDERCOUNTER LOW PROFILE REFRIGERATOR 27”
AIA #
TRUE FOOD SERVICE Project Name: Model: Undercounter:
EQUIPMENT, INC. TUC-27-LP Low Profile Solid Door Refrigerator
Location:
SIS #
Item #: Qty:
'BY
t5PMM'SFF
t*OUM'BY
STANDARD FEATURES
1BSUT%FQU
536&t1BSUT%FQU'BY
tXXXUSVFNGHDPN Model #: DESIGN t Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white MODEL FEATURES
Model: Undercounter: t True’s undercounter’s are designed with aluminum liner. Stainless steel floor with t Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the
enduring quality and value that protects your coved corners. potential of corrosion.
TUC-27-LP Low Profile Solid Door Refrigerator long term investment. Our commitment t Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid t NSF-7 compliant for open food product.
to using the highest quality materials and door are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A ELECTRICAL
oversized refrigeration ensures exceptional high density, polyurethane insulation that t Unit completely pre-wired at factory and
food preservation. has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and
TUC-27-LP t “Low Profile” models are designed to slide zero global warming potential (GWP).
ready for final connection to a 115/60/1
phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and
Designed using the highest
easily under custom built countertops. t 1 ½" (39 mm) diameter dual swivel castors plug set included.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM permits easy placement. 31 7⁄8" (810 mm)
quality materials and
components to provide the t Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary work surface height.
user with colder product tube system using enviromentally friendly DOOR
temperatures, lower utility costs, (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. t Stainless steel exterior with white aluminum
t Oversized, factory balanced refrigeration liner to match cabinet interior. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES
exceptional food safety and Upcharge and lead times may apply.
the best value in today’s food system with guided airflow to provide t Two (2) adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated
uniform product temperatures. wire shelves 23 ¼"L x 16"D (591 mm x 407 ❑ 230 - 240V / 50 Hz.
service marketplace. ❑ Barrel lock (factory installed).
t Extra large evaporator coil balanced with mm). Four (4) chrome plated shelf clips
"Low Profile" models are higher horsepower compressor and large included per shelf. ❑ Additional shelves.
designed to slide easily under condenser maintains cabinet temperatures of t Positive seal self-closing door(s) with 90°stay ❑ 30" (762 mm) deep, ½" thick (13 mm), white
custom built countertops. 33°F to 38°F (.5°C to 3.3°C) for the best in food open feature. Door(s) swing within cabinet polyethylene cutting board.
preservation. dimensions. ❑ 30" (762 mm) deep, ½" thick (13 mm),
1 ½" (39 mm) diameter dual composite cutting board.
swivel castors. 31 7⁄8" (810 mm) t Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator t Magnetic door gasket(s) of one piece
fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True construction, removable without tools for ❑ Heavy duty 16 gauge tops.
work surface height. ❑ Exterior rectangular digital thermometer
undercounter units a more efficient low ease of cleaning.
Oversized, factory balanced, velocity, high volume airflow design. This (factory installed).
SHELVING
refrigeration system holds 33°F ❑ Standard height units with 5" (127 mm)
to 38°F (.5°C to 3.3°C).
unique design ensures faster temperature t Two (2) adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated diameter castors. 36" (915 mm) work surface
recovery and shorter run times in the busiest wire shelves 23 ¼”L x 16”D (591 mm x 407
of foodservice environments. height.
All stainless steel front, top mm). Four (4) chrome plated shelf clips
t Condensing unit access located in back, slides ❑ ADA compliant models with 34" (864 mm)
and cabinet ends. Matching included per shelf.
work surface height.
aluminum finished back. out for easy maintenance. t Shelf support pilasters made of same material
CABINET CONSTRUCTION as cabinet interior; shelves are adjustable
Attractive, NSF approved, white t Exterior - series stainless steel top, front and on ½" (13 mm) increments.
aluminum interior liner with sides with matching aluminum back.
stainless steel floor.
ADA & Low Profile Comparison
Self closing door(s). Positive
seal, torsion type closure system.
Foamed-in-place using Ecomate.
PLAN VIEW
A high density, polyurethane
insulation that has zero ozone
depletion potential (ODP) and
zero global warming potential
11/2” diameter (GWP).
Standard ADA Low Profile
36" height 34" height 317/8" height
dual swivel castors
(915 mm) (864 mm) (810 mm) for “LP” models.
ROUGH-IN DATA Specifications subject to change without notice.

Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1⁄8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number).
Cabinet Dimensions
(mm) Length Weight
Counter NEMA (total ft.) (lbs.)
Model Doors Shelves L D† H* Height HP Voltage Amps Config. (total m) (kg)
TUC-27-LP 1 2 275⁄8 301⁄8 29¾ 317⁄8 1⁄6 115/60/1 3.9 5-15P 7 180
702 766 756 ¼ 230-240/50/1 2.9 Ÿ 2.13 82
† Depth does not include 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. Ÿ3OXJW\SHYDULHVE\FRXQWU\
* Height does not include 21⁄8" (54 mm) for castors. WARRANTY*
Three year warranty on all parts METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE
and labor and an additional 2 year NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back
TRUE REFRIGERATION® APPROVALS: AVAILABLE AT: warranty on compressor. KCL
MADE IN
U.S.A. (U.S.A. only) SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE TUC-27-LP TFQY101E TFQY101S TFQY01P TFQY1013
SINCE 1945
*RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS: TRUE assumes no liability for parts or WITHOUT NOTICE
labor coverage for component failure or other damages resulting
from installation in non-commercial or residential applications.
t'BY
t5PMM'SFF
t*OUM'BY
tXXXUSVFNGHDPN

& Tea, userights
E05 A - ICE CADDY : BACK LINE
Item No. SlidingLid™ Ice Caddy Item No.
Specifier Identification No. Tall Specifier Identification No.
SlidingLid™ Ice Caddy 125 lb. (57 Kg.) Capacity
Model No. Model No.
Tall Model ICS125T
125 lb. (57 Kg.) Capacity Quantity Quantity
Model ICS125T
Features & Benefits

• Indoors or outdoors, in heat or humidity, this ice caddy
can hold ice cold for days. It provides reliability, value, and
safer holding for up to 125 lbs. (57 kg.) of ice. Tall models
keep ice at a more comfortable dispensing level.
• Unique sliding lid has no latches. Slides back and under into
the secured base lid for quick access and it slides shut for
safe and sanitary storage. Helps reduce the risk of cross
contamination.
ICS125T ICS125T4S Front/Width
• Four sturdy thumbscrews secure base lid tightly during
transport and when sliding top back and under.
Specifications Dimension Tolerance: +/- 1/4" (0,64 cm)
• Service opening is 11 1/2" (29,2 cm) x 17" (43,2 cm) for quick Interior Dimensions Exterior Dimensions Case lbs./cube
Code Description WxDxH WxDxH Kg/m3
and easy loading and unloading of ice.
ICS125T SlidingLid Ice Caddy 17" x 24" x 18" 23" x 31 1/2 x 341/2" 79 (15.45)
(43,2 x 61 x 45,7 cm) (58,4 x 80 x 87,6 cm) 35,8 (0,437)
• Double-wall, high density, polyethylene construction is
impact resistant and will not dent, crack, bubble, chip or
break. Easy to clean.
• Thick polyurethane foam insulation keeps ice frozen.

Reduces frequency of restocking, ensuring quick and ICS125T Architect Specs Standard Colors
convenient service. The tall 125 lb. (57 Kg.) capacity SlidingLid Ice Caddy shall be Cambro Model..., ❏ Black (110) ❏ Dark Brown (131) ❏ Slate Blue (401)
manufactured by Cambro Mfg. Co., Huntington Beach, CA 92647 U.S.A. It shall ❏ Gray (180) ❏ Granite Green (192) ❏ Coffee Beige (157
• Recessed, leak proof, quarter-turn faucet is located on the be constructed of single-molded, double-wall, high-density polyethylene and ❏ Granite Gray (191)
front of every unit for easy access and quick draining. thick foam injected polyurethane. It shall have a sliding lid without latches.
The lid shall slide back and under secured base lid. It shall have rounded
corners and a molded-in handle. It shall have a 111/2" x 17" (29,2 x 43,2 cm)
• Recessed interior well with Camwear® polycarbonate drain
service opening. It shall have a 341/2" (87,6 cm) working height. It shall have a
shelf keeps ice out of any melted water, ensuring long recessed, leakproof, quarter turn threaded faucet on the front. It shall have a
lasting quality and storage. recessed interior well with unbreakable polycarbonate shelf. It shall be
available with 2 different wheel configurations. It shall not require any
• Molded-in handle is sturdy and will not break off. Provides assembly and be available in 7 colors.
controlled handling and maneuvering.
• Recessed lift grip on the front for safe, balanced lifting on

or off delivery trucks.
• Four each 5" (12,7 cm) casters, 2 fixed, 2 swivel, 1 w/ brake
• No assembly required.
• Available in 7 colors.
Approvals Approvals
Patent Pending Patent Pending
© 2008 Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road, Huntington Beach, California 92647-2056-U.S.A. 57 © 2008 Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road, Huntington Beach, California 92647-2056-U.S.A.
T e l e p h o n e (1)714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service 800 833 3003 Telephone (1)714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service 800 833 3003
LIT FCST-0102-57 Printed in USA

& Tea, userights
Cambro ICS100L110 Item #E05B Cambro ICS100L110 Item #E05B
Item No. Ice Caddies Item No.
E05 B -IceICE CADDY: DRIVE THRU HOT BAR

Caddies
Specifier Identification No.
Model No.
Slant Top
100 lb. (45,5 Kg.) Capacity
Specifier Identification No.
Model No.
Slant Top Models ICS100L, ICS100L4S
Quantity Quantity
100 lb. (45,5 Kg.) Capacity
Models ICS100L, ICS100L4S
Features & Benefits

• Stands just 283/4" (73 cm) high. Fits perfectly under standard height prep
tables, counter tops, beverage banquet tables and under the connecting
bridge of the CamKiosk® System. Merchandises well with Cambars®.
• Double-wall, high-density, polyethylene construction is impact resistant and
will not dent, crack, bubble, chip or break. Cleans easily.
• Thick polyurethane foam insulation keeps ice frozen for days! Reduces
frequency of restocking, ensuring quick and convenient service.
• Unique slant top lid slides up and back into the secured lid
for easy access to ice.
• Holds up to 100 lbs. (45,5 kg.) of ice.
Width ICS100L & ICS100L4S UPC1200
• Four sturdy thumbscrews secure top tightly during transport
and when sliding top back.
• Durable, nylon front latch secures lid in place during transportation ICS100L Specifications Dimension Tolerance: +/- 1/4" (0,64 cm)
and protects contents when ice caddy is not in use. Ensures excellent
temperature holding performance. Will not rust. Interior Dimensions Exterior Dimensions Case lbs./cube
Code Description WxDxH WxDxH Kg/m3
• NSF listed, no-drip, recessed, threaded faucet with standard hose hook up
makes draining and cleaning quick and convenient. ICS100L Slant Top Ice Caddy 151/2" x 237/8" x 125/8-175/8" 221⁄2" x 301⁄4" x 283/4" 53 (11.10)
(39 x 61 x 30 - 45 cm) (57 x 77 x 73 cm) 24 (0,3)
• Includes one unbreakable polycarbonate drain shelf for
instant water drainage so that ice lasts longer. ICS100L4S Slant Top Ice Caddy 151/2" x 237/8" x 125/8-175/8" 221⁄2" x 301⁄4" x 283/4" 53 (11.10)
• Molded-in side grips are sturdy and will not break off. (39 x 61 x 30 - 45 cm) (57 x 77 x 73 cm) 24 (0,3)
Provides controlled handling and maneuvering.
• Lift grips on front and back offer comfortable lifting on or off
Architect Specs Standard Colors
transport vehicles. The Slant Top 100 lb. (45,5 Kg.) capacity Ice Caddy shall be a Cambro Model....., o Black (110) o Dark Brown (131) o Slate Blue (401)
manufactured by Cambro Mfg. Co., Huntington Beach, CA 92647. It shall be constructed of o Gray (180) o Granite Green (192) o Coffee Beige (157)
• Four 5" (12,7 cm) casters for smooth maneuvering poolside, across campus double-wall, high-density polyethylene and thick foam injected polyurethane. It shall have
or over banquet floors. Front swivel casters have locking brakes. rounded corners and molded-in side grips. It shall have 4 sturdy thumbscrews to secure top
o Granite Gray (191)
Model ICS100L - 2 fixed, 2 swivel w/ brake. lid tightly in place for safe transporting. It shall have a front nylon latch. It shall be 283/4"
(73 cm) high. It shall have a NSF listed, no-drip, recessed, threaded faucet with standard
Model ICS100L4S - 4 swivel, 2 w/ brakes.
hose hook up. It shall include one polycarbonate interior drain shelf. It shall be available with
• No assembly required. 4 each 5" (12,7 cm) wheels and 2 locking front brakes. It shall not require any assembly and
• Available in 7 colors. shall be available in 7 colors.
ICS100L4S
ICS100L
Approvals Approvals
D041114 Ice Caddies Update CS

© Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road, Huntington Beach, CA 92647-2056, U.S.A. © Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road,SERVICE AREA
Huntington Beach, GENERAL
CA 92647-2056, U.S.A.EQUIPMENT 10
Telephone 714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service Department 800 833 3003 Web www.cambro.com Telephone 714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service Department 800 833 3003 Web www.cambro.com
LIT FCST-0102-60
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf ‐ 2018 Equipment East Bay Restaurant Supply, Inc. Page: 13 The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf ‐ 2018 Equipment East Bay Restaurant Supply, Inc. Page: 14
E06 A - ESPRESSO MACHINE - 4 GRP E06 B - ESPRESSO MACHINE - 2 GRP
Nuova Distribution USA, LLC Nuova Distribution USA, LLC
6940 Salashan Parkway, Building A • Ferndale, WA 98248
www.nuovadistribution.com • (p) 360-366-2226 • (f) 360-366-4015 6940 Salashan Parkway, Building A • Ferndale, WA 98248
www.nuovadistribution.com • (p) 360-366-2226 • (f) 360-366-4015
Aurelia II 4 Group Spec Sheet Appia Life Compact 2 Gr Vol 220v Spec Sheet
⁯ Water Requirements ⁯ Power Requirements ⁯ Water Requirements ⁯ Power Requirements
• 3/8” dedicated cold water line with shut-off valve and • Volts: 220 (voltage range of 208-240)
•
• 3/8” dedicated cold water line with shut-off valve and Volts: 220 (voltage range of 208-240)
compression fitting. • Watts: 5000 compression fitting. • Watts: 3000
• Water hardness cannot exceed 3gpg or 50 ppm. If • Amp draw: 23 • Water hardness cannot exceed 3gpg or 50 ppm. If
water hardness exceeds 3gpg a water softener must • Amp draw: 14
• Receptacle: Nema L6-30 Twist Nema L6-30 water hardness exceeds 3gpg a water softener must
• Receptacle: Nema 6-20
be installed. Twist be installed. Nema 6-20
• Minimum incoming water flow rate of 35 GPH and • Minimum incoming water flow rate of 35 GPH and
maximum line pressure of 70 PSI / 5 BAR. maximum line pressure of 70 PSI / 5 BAR.
NSF / ANSI Std.4
⁯ Water Softening Equipment ⁯ Water Softening Equipment NSF / ANSI Std.4
1. Water Softener Capacity: Single - 4400 gpg 1. Water Softener Capacity: Single - 4400 gpg
2. Water Softener Capacity: Double - 8800 gpg 2. Water Softener Capacity: Double - 8800 gpg
3. Water Softener Capacity: Triple - 13200 gpg The average water consumption of this machine 3. Water Softener Capacity: Triple - 13200 gpg
The average water consumption of this machine
4. Water Softener Capacity: Automatic - Programmable is 8 gallons per day, which represents 256 drinks 4. Water Softener Capacity: Automatic - Programmable
is 4 gallons per day, which represents 128 drinks
5. Water Softener Capacity: Manual - 4400 gpg at 4oz per drink. 5. Water Softener Capacity: Manual - 4400 gpg
at 4oz per drink.
⁯ Water Softener/Maintenance Calculation ⁯ Water Softener/Maintenance Calculation

Cartridge Grain Water Hardness Gallon Capacity Gallons of Water Days Until Cartridge
÷ = ÷ = Cartridge Grain Water Hardness Gallon Capacity Gallons of Water Days Until Cartridge
Capacity (grains per gallon) of Cartridge Used per Day Needs to be Replaced ÷ = ÷ =
Capacity (grains per gallon) of Cartridge Used per Day Needs to be Replaced
÷ = ÷ = ÷ = ÷ =
⁯ Counter Space Requirements ⁯ Shipping Dimensions & Weight ⁯ Shipping Dimensions & Weight
• Height: 23 inches • Depth: 23 inches • Height: 34 inches • Depth: 38 inches • Height: 32 inches
• Width: 51 inches • Weight: 280 pounds • Width: 54 inches • Weight: 310 pounds
• Depth: 26 inches Countertop Drain
• Width: 36 inches Hole Location 20”
⁯ Drain Requirements • Weight: 145 pounds
• Open gravity drain of minimum 1.25 inch I.D., within
4 feet of the machine. ⁯ Counter Space Requirements 22”
23”
• Height: 20 inches
21”
• Depth: 21 inches
2.5”
51” • Width: 22 inches
• Weight: 130 pounds 21”
Countertop
Drain 23”
Hole Location
2.5”
⁯ Drain Requirements (Front)
23” 51” • Open gravity drain of minimum 1.25 inch I.D., 22”
within 4 feet of the machine.
(Front)
I, the customer, understand that these requirements must be in when the installer arrives. Failure to have the site ready
I, the customer, understand that these requirements must be in when the installer arrives. Failure to have the site ready
will result in additional service and travel charges, and may cause further delays in installation.
will result in additional service and travel charges, and may cause further delays in installation.
Customer Name: _______________________________________ Signature: ________________________________________ Customer Name: _______________________________________ Signature: ________________________________________
Company Name: ____________________________________________________________________________________________ Company Name: ____________________________________________________________________________________________
Phone: __________________________ Fax: __________________________ Email: _____________________________ Phone: __________________________ Fax: __________________________ Email: _____________________________
Version 3.0 Version 4.0

& Tea, userights
LLC. All only.reserved.
Published July 2015. For internal use only.
E07 A - e4 ESPRESSO MACHINE - 4 GRP
Data sheet and installation information

2. Prior to the installation
1. Machine configuration and overall dimensions • Check water quality. • Check power supply installation.
• Define filter type and size and check space inside counter. • Check all with customer on site.
• If no discalling cartridge is used, install carbon filter as minimum. • Make sure original coffee is available.
• Check required desk for machine. • Make sure cold milk is available.
• Check counter cut out. • Check drinks recipes and cup sizes.
• Check water supply installation. • Organize milk pitcher.
3. After installation
• Instruct staff using Quick reference card. • Fill in installation warranty sheet and send it back to Eversys.
4. Desk preparation mm (inch)
Drill hole according to instruction Dimensions: mm Cut out on desk for:

e'4 / e'4m e'4 / e'4m / cup heater e'4m / fridge of refrigerator manufacturer (inch) - Power cord
- water hose
Place fridge as close as possible to machine - Serial port
e'4 e'4m e'4m - Ethernet
e'4 e'4m Cut milk tubes as short as possible
cup heater cup heater fridge
420
w/h/d mm 560/713/600 560/713/600 840/713/600 840/713/600 840/713/600 Grounds chute through the desk (16,54)
141,2 Ø 54
w/h/d (inch) (22 / 27.9 / 23.6) (22 / 27.9 / 23.6) (33 / 27.9 / 23.6) (33 / 27.9 / 23.6) (33 / 27.9 / 23.6) (5,56) ( 2,13 )
Required space for bean hopper refilling
weight kg 90 100 110 110 120
weight (lb) 198 220 242 242 264 Ø 80
(6,22)
( 3,15 )
158
(2,48)
Capacity Power requirement
63
Coffee 350 Espresso / hour at 23s extraction time Single-phase 1 x 230V, 1 L-N-PE, 30A, 50/60Hz, 5.8kw
(13,7)
4 Espresso at the same time Two-phases 2 x 115V, 2L-PE, 30A, 50/60Hz, 4.9kw
Steam Manual steam, continuous steam supply Three-phases 3 x 230V, 3L-N-PE, 16A, 50/60Hz, 8.6 kw
153
(14,02)
Autosteam, temperature controlled Reduced Power 1 x 230V, 1L-N-PE, 13A 50/60Hz, 3.0 kw
356
(6,02)
Everfoam, fully automatic frothing (option) (for show room and demonstration use only)
(31,5)
800
Hot Water 150 hot water units / hour / 200ml (6.8 oz US)
348
Water Connection
e’4m milk system 350 Cappuccino R 26,5
Water G3/8", 2.5 - 4 bar, (1,04 )
Technical data Water hose 2 m length (78.7 inch)
Brew chamber 2 x up to 24g Drain Self priming (see drawing rear side)
(3,66)
93
Grinding 2 x super drive ceramic grinder disk
User Interface 2 x 8" color touch screen Water quality Total hardness: 5 - 8°dH (89-142 ppm)
(7,12)
180,8
Bean hoppers 2 x 1.5kg (3.3 lb) Carbonate hardness: max. 6°KH (107 ppm)
Coffee spout hgt 65mm to165mm (2.55 to 6.49 inch) pH value: ideal 7.0 - 7.2
Interface USB, SD-Card, Ethernet, Serial, RS-232, CCI
Fridge 4.5 litre container (1.18 gal US) 5
Standby mode less than 2W
Milktube length max 1.5m (59 inch)
Total boiler size 11.2 Litre (3gal US) Water inlet 3/8"
(31,5)
800
Light concept Front panel full color LED
(15,75 )
Foot position
400
Dimensions: mm (inch) Drain hose 23 mm
(inner ø0.6 inch)
3
4
Grounds Fridge Cut out on desk for
6 container example Ground chute
2 (optional)
Execution
1
713 (28.07)
according to
556 (21.89)
EN 61770
157 (6.45)
165 (6.49)
65 (2.56)
1. Main water tab

2. Pressure reducer output 3 bar (43,5 psi)
3. Check valve
125 (4.92)
70 (2.7)
4. Descaling cartridge or carbon filter as minimum

5. Electrical socket according to local standard
560 (22) 6. Drain with syphon, top end min. 56mm diameter (2.2 inch)
840 (33) 600 (23.6)
Eversys AG I Rue du Biais 19 I 1957 Ardon I Switzerland +41 27 305 25 50 [email protected] www.eversys.com Eversys AG I Rue du Biais 19 I 1957 Ardon I Switzerland +41 27 305 25 50 [email protected] www.eversys.com
141015_400_Data sheet and installation information e4_0001_EN Page 1 of 2 print 15.10.14 141015_400_Data sheet and installation information e4_0001_EN Page 2 of 2 print 15.10.14

& Tea, userights
E07 B - e6 ESPRESSO MACHINE - 6 GRP
Data sheet and installation information 2. Prior to the installation, READ SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
• Check water quality • Check power supply installation
1. Machine configuration and overall dimensions • Define filter type and size and check space inside counter • Check all with customer on site
• If no discalling cartridge is used, install carbon filter as minimum • Make sure original coffee is available
• Check required desk for machine • Make sure cold milk is available
• Check counter cut out • Check drinks recipes and cup sizes
• Check water supply installation • Organize milk pitcher
• Instruct staff using Quick reference card • Fill in installation warranty sheet and send it back to Eversys
Dimensions: mm
e'6 / e'6m Drill hole according to instruction (inch) Cut out on desk for:
of refrigerator manufacturer - Power cord A+B
e'6 e'6m Place fridge as close as possible to machine - water hose
Cut milk tubes as short as possible - Serial port
- Ethernet
w/h/d mm 840/713/600 840/713/600 A+B Electrical connection
w/h/d (inch) (33 / 27.9 / 23.6) (33 / 27.9 / 23.6)
420
Grounds chute through the desk (16,54)
weight kg 142 150 141,2 Ø 54
(5,56) ( 2,13 )
weight (lb) 313 330 Required space for bean hopper refilling
Capacity 2 Power cords Ø 80
( 6,22 )
Coffee 525 Espresso / hour at 23s extraction time Power requirement A ( 3,15)
158
( 2,48 )
6 Espresso at the same time Single-phase 1/N/PE, 220-240V~, 50/60Hz, 25A, 5.8kW
63
Steam Autosteam, temperature controlled Two-phases 2/PE, 200-210V~, 50/60Hz, 30A, 4.9kW
( 13,7 )
348
Everfoam, fully automatic frothing (option) Three-phases 3/N/PE, 380-420V~, 50/60Hz, 15A, 9.6kW
Second steam wand (option) 153
( 14,02 )
Three-phases
356
Hot Water 150 hot water units / hour / 200ml (6.8 oz US) (6,02)
(Triangle) 3/PE, Δ 220-230V~, 50/60Hz, 20A, 5.8kW
Milk system 350 Cappuccino / hour
(31,5)
800
Technical data Power requirement B R 26,5 R 26,5
(1,04) (1,04)
Brew chamber 3 x up to 24g Single-phase 1/N/PE, 220-240V~, 50/60Hz, 15A, 3.0kW
Grinding 4 x drive ceramic grinder disk Two-phases 2/PE, 200-210V~, 50/60Hz, 15A, 2.5kW
( 3,66 )
User Interface 3 x 8" colour touch screen
93
Water Connection
Bean hoppers 4 x 1.5kg (3.3 lb) Water G3/8" female, 2.5 - 4 bar,
( 7,12 )
180,8
Coffee spout hgt 65mm to165mm (2.55 to 6.49 inch) Water hose 2 m length (78.7 inch)
Interface USB, SD-Card, Ethernet, Serial, RS-232, CCI Drain Self priming (see drawing rear side)
Standby mode less than 2W
Steam boiler size e'6: 8 litre (2.11 gal US) Water quality Total hardness: 5 - 8°dGH (89-142 ppm) 5
e'6m: 5.6 litre (1 x 1.48 gal US) Carbonate hardness: max. 6°dKH (107 ppm)
Water inlet 3/8"
Foot position
(15,75 )
Coffee boiler size 3 x 1.5 litres (3 x 0.39 gal US) pH value: ideal 7.0 - 7.2
(31,5)
400
800
Lighting concept Front panel full colour LED Fridge Drain hose 23 mm
5 example (inner ø0.6 inch)
Dimensions: mm (inch) Grounds
container 3 Cut out on desk for
4 Ground chute (optional)
6
2
Execution
according to 1
EN 61770
713 (28.07)
556 (21.89)
165 (6.49)
157 (6.45)
65 (2.56)
1. Main water inlet

3. Check valve
125 (4.92)
70 (2.7)

e'4 /e'4m e'2
5. Electrical socket according to local standard A B
6. Drain with syphon, top end min. 56mm diameter (2.2 inch) Power Power
requirement requirement
840 (33) 600 (23.6)
Eversys AG I Rue du Biais 19 I 1957 Ardon I Switzerland +41 27 305 25 50 [email protected] www.eversys.com Eversys AG I Rue du Biais 19 I 1957 Ardon I Switzerland +41 27 305 25 50 [email protected] www.eversys.com
161010_Data_sheet_and_installation_e6_4004_EN Page 1 of 2 10.2016 / V4 161010_Data_sheet_and_installation_e6_4004_EN Page 2 of 2 10.2016/ V4

E07 C - SHOTMASTER - 2 GRP
Data sheet and installation information 2. Prior to the installation, READ SAFETY INSTRUCTION FIRST
• Check water quality • Check water supply installation
1. Machine configuration and overall dimensions • Define filter type and size and check space inside counter • Check power supply installation
• If no discalling cartridge is used, install carbon filter as minimum • Check all with customer on site
• Check required desk for machine • Make sure original coffee is available
• Check counter cut out • Check drinks recipes and cup sizes
• Instruct staff using Quick reference card • Fill in installation warranty sheet and send it back to Eversys
Cut out on desk for:

- Power cord
e'2 ct
Shotmaster Grounds chute through the desk Dimensions: mm - water hose
(inch) - Serial port
- Ethernet
Required space for bean hopper refilling
Shotmaster
w/h/d mm 282/713/600 141,2 Ø 54

w/h/d (inch) (11 / 27.9 / 23.6) (5,56 ) ( 2,13 )
weight kg 60
weight (lb) 132
(6,22)
158
Capacity Power requirement
(2,48)
(31,5)
800
1/N/PE, 220-240V~, 50/60Hz, 25A, 5.8kW
63
Coffee 350 Espresso / hour at 23s extraction time Single-phase
4 Espresso at the same time Two-phases (US, JP) 2/PE, 200-210V~, 50/60Hz, 30A, 4.9kW
(13,7)
Hot Water 120 hot water units / hour, 200ml (6.8 oz US) Three-phases 3/N/PE, 380-420V~, 50/60Hz, 15A, 5.8kW Ø 80
not simultaneously with espresso Three-phases 153 (3,15 )
(Triangle) 3/PE, Δ 220-230V~, 50/60Hz, 20A, 5.8kW (6,02)
(14,02)
Technical data
356
Brew chamber 2 x up to 24g Water Connection
348
Grinding 2 x drive ceramic grinder disk Water G3/8" female, 2.5 - 4 bar R 26,5
User Interface 1 x 8" colour touch screen Water hose 2 m length (78.7 inch) (1,04 )
Bean hoppers 2 x 1.5kg (3.3 lb) Drain Self priming (see drawing rear side)
Coffee spout hgt 70mm to165mm (2.7 to 6.49 inch)
(3,66)
5
93
Interface USB, SD-Card, Ethernet, Serial, RS-232, CCI Water quality Total hardness: 5 - 8°dGH (89-142 ppm)
Standby mode less than 2W Carbonate hardness: max. 6°dKH (107 ppm)
(31,5)
(7,12)
180,8
800
(15,75 )
Coffee boiler size 2 x 1.5 Litre (2 x 0.39 gal US) pH value: ideal 7.0 - 7.2
400
Lighting concept Front panel full color LED
Grounds
container
3
Dimensions: mm (inch)
4 Water inlet 3/8"
6
Drain hose 23 mm
7 2 (inner ø0.6 inch)
Execution Foot position
1
according to
713 (28.07)
EN 61770 Cut out on desk for

Ground chute
(optional)
556 (21.89)
1. Main water inlet

3. Check valve
165 (6.49)

70 (2.7)
5. Electrical socket according to local standard

6. Drain with syphon, top end min. 56mm diameter (2.2 inch)
125 (4.92)
70 (2.7)
7. Water pump
282 (11) 600 (23.6)
Eversys AG I Rue du Biais 19 I 1957 Ardon I Switzerland +41 27 305 25 50 [email protected] www.eversys.com
161010_Data_sheet_and_installation_shotmaster_4006_EN Page 2 of 2 10.2016 / V6
Eversys AG I Rue du Biais 19 I 1957 Ardon I Switzerland +41 27 305 25 50 [email protected] www.eversys.com
161010_Data_sheet_and_installation_shotmaster_4006_EN Page 1 of 2 10.2016 / V6

E08 - COFFEE BREWER (DUAL)
Perfect taste begins with a simple touch...
User Friendly Touchscreen

Access all controls via an inviting touchscreen
interface display that blends intuitive icons with
dynamic time and volume data to provide instant
visual feedback at any point during programming,
The 3 Liter and 1 Gallon CBS-2131 /
diagnostics or the brew cycle.
2132 XTS Touchscreen Series Airpot
Coffee Brewers are a perfect hot
beverage solution for high volume
self-service environments such as
convenience stores, cafeterias, specialty
coffee shops or office coffee service (OCS).
Now experience total control of this fully
featured Extractor® Brewing System via
an inviting touchscreen interface display
that is intuitive, easy to read and
simple to navigate.
Streamlined Programming,
Diagnostics and Metrics
The Extractor® Touchscreen Operating System
(ETOS) was engineered for quick and efficient
navigation through set-up, programming,
diagnostics and daily operational brewing modes.
* Shown with #D041 Airpot Dispenser (sold separately)
Customizable Screens
Customize the start screen to tie your equipment
and product offerings into a consistent brand
message. You can also create and display
individual recipe names for quick and easy
access to your most used coffee blends.
* Shown with #D063 Airpot Dispenser (sold separately)

& Tea, userights
E08 - COFFEE BREWER (CONT’D)
XTS™ Series Cascading Spray Dome™
Driven by a user friendly touchscreen interface and intuitive Hot tank water flows over clog-free channels built
software, the XTS series represents the next step in the into the dome and virtually eliminates spray head scale Water Connection Inlet Minimum Flow Rate Water Pressure
1/4” Male Flare Fitting 11/2 gpm [5.7 lpm] 20-75 psig [138-517 kPa]
evolution of FETCO’s renown EXTRACTOR brewing technology. buildup – a leading reason for service calls.
Plastic Brew Basket Stainless Steel Heater Voltage Phase Wires KW Electrical Max Amp Draw Gallon [Liter] /
Configuration Code Brew Basket Configuration Connection Hour
Configuration Code
E213253 E213253M 2 x 3.0 kW 200-240 1 2+G 4.2-6.1 Hardwired 21.3-25.5 14.0 [53](1)
(1) Based on standard factory settings: 5.5 minute brew time; 0% prewet; 200°F water. 1 gallon per batch.
Legendary Extractor® Control Contemporary Design

Height Width Depth Empty Weight Filled Weight Combined Filled Weight Hot Water Tank Cap. Shipping Weight: Shipping Dimensions:
Although designed specifically for smaller batch airpot Sleek European cabinet design is attractive and fits well in 273/4” 193/4” 203/8” 47 lbs 92 lbs 115 lbs [52 kg] 5.8 gal 58 lbs 23”x 25” x 29”
[71 cm] [51 cm] [52 cm] [21 kg] [42 kg] BREWER + 2 FILLED D063 DISPENSERS [22.1 l] [26 kg] [59 x 64 x 74 cm]
dispensing, these high quality brewers possess the legendary any front-of-house decor found in cafes, lounges, OCS or
features and reliable performance you’ve come to expect from corporate breakrooms.
Extractor® branded products.
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW BACK VIEW SYMBOLS
Electrical Connector
AY
EL PR On / Off Switch
PD E
27-11/16”
I
-W
DR
[70.4 cm] Tank Drain

E T
Water Inlet
14-3/4”
[37.5 cm]
B REW
VO
11-3/8”
IM
ME T
LU
EW [29.0 cm] 3-3/16”

BR
[8.1 cm]
Modern Convenience Airpot Dispensing

20-5/16” 19-3/4” 4-13/16” 7-1/2” 1-1/16”
[51.6 cm] [50.2 cm] [12.2 cm] [19.1 cm] [2.6 cm]
Duplicate profiles and parameters to and from any of the Designed for flexibility and
batch buttons on a single machine or copy the information portability, vacuum lined pump #D063 #F002 #B012218B1 #B014218BN2
8oz. 224 1G Thermal Pump 13” x 5” 13” x 5” 13” x 5”
to an unlimited number of brewers via a removable SD card lever airpots quickly turn virtually
Lever Airpot Paper Coffee Filter Stainless Steel Plastic w// Brown Insert
(Sold separately). any remote location into a hot and
fresh beverage service station. 12oz. 149 Product DIMS:
Height: 161/2”[47 cm]
Width: 7” [17.8 cm]
16oz. 112 Depth: 9” [22.9 cm]
Weight:
Empty: 9 lbs [4.1 kg]
20oz. 90
Filled: 13.3 lbs [6 kg]
Vaccum Lined * Approximate based on
Stainless Steel Airpot maximum power setting.

& Tea, userights
E08 - COFFEE BREWER (CONT’D)
Features & Benefits
Feature Benefit
1 Touchscreen Interface Allows for quick and easy access to brew controls.
Automatically discontinues operation of brew cycle

2 Brew Basket Sensors if basket is removed.
Mixed material is attractive and comfortable

3 Mixed Material Construction in any front-of-house setting.
Safely dispenses hot water away from steam

4 Manual Water Faucet and brew basket.
Withstands the harshest foodservice environments

5 Stainless Steel Finish and is durable and easy to clean.
Helps position airpot directly under brew basket drip

6 Fixed Dispenser Guide hole for spill free brewing.
Dispensers sold separately.
fetco.com 847.719.3000 Food Equipment Technologies Co.

1.800.338.2699 USA 600 Rose Road
© Copyright 2014 FETCO , Driven to Innovation™
®
847.719.3001 Lake Zurich, IL 60047
is a mark of Food Equipment Technologies Company. SS14010 USA

& Tea, userights
E09 - COFFEE SHUTTLE
FETCO D451 Item #E09 FETCO D451 Item #E09
L4D Series LUXUS® Thermal Dispensers & Servers

The LUXUS® L4D Thermal Dispensers and Servers are designed to retain all the heat generated during
the brewing process with very little dissipation. In fact, FETCO thermal dispensers maintain the
suggested 180-185°F holding temperature for at least 4 hours and meet or exceed industry standards.
This patented technology eliminates the need for an additional heat source, thus saving energy
The L4 Series Thermal Dispenser and Servers and equipment costs.
are designed to keep your coffee service hot,
fresh and portable. With the legendary
thermal retention properties you’d expect
from FETCO, the L4 is equipped with enhanced
features that now make it even easier for
operators to manage their daily coffee service.
Digital liquid-level monitoring and rugged
stainless construction make the L4 the perfect
self-serve choice for any foodservice
segment - Hotels, OCS, C-Stores,
Restaurants, Coffee Shops, Cafes, etc.
2.0 Gallon
1.5 Gallon 1.0 Gallon
2.0 Gallon
1.5 Gallon 1.0 Gallon
* Shown with #A147
Server Stand
TRUSTED | RELIABLE | QUALITY
(sold separately)
L4D Dispenser L4S Server

With integrated stand and removable drip tray. Shown with Serving Station with
TRUSTED | RELIABLE | QUALITY removable drip tray (sold separately).
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf ‐ 2018 Equipment East Bay Restaurant Supply, Inc. Page: 23
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf ‐ 2018 Equipment East Bay Restaurant Supply, Inc. Page: 24

E09 - COFFEE SHUTTLE
FETCO D451 Item #E09 FETCO D451 Item #E09
Key Features and Benefits L4D Dispenser / L4S Server Technical Specifications
Measurements
Integrated Lid Design with Improved Functionality
D448 L4D-10 1.0 Gallon LUXUS® Thermal Dispenser D451 L4S-10 1.0 Gallon LUXUS® Thermal Server*
The integrated lid design features a removable funnel system, Height Width Depth Empty Weight Filled Weight Height Width Depth Empty Weight Filled Weight
pivoting brew cap and front-positioned handle. Product 213/4" 8" 121/2" 8.0 lbs 15.9 lbs Product 131/2" 8" 111/2" 5.6 lbs 12.4 lbs
[55.2 cm] [20.3 cm] [31.7 cm] [3.6 kg] [7.2 kg] [34.2 cm] [20.3 cm] [29.2 cm] [2.5 kg] [5.6 kg]
Precision Fit Funnel Assembly keeps moisture and heat Shipping 23" 16" 13" 12.0 lbs – Shipping 15" 16" 12" 9.0 lbs –
from escaping to lock in freshness and aroma D449 L4D-15 1.5 Gallon LUXUS® Thermal Dispenser D452 L4S-15 1.5 Gallon LUXUS® Thermal Server*
Height Width Depth Empty Weight Filled Weight Height Width Depth Empty Weight Filled Weight
Brew Cap mounted on lid exterior for easy access
Product 23" 9" 131/4" 10.5 lbs 22.4 lbs Product 143/4" 9" 121/2" 7.2 lbs 17.6 lbs
Forward positioned handle for better maneuverability [58.4 cm] [22.9 cm] [33.6 cm] [4.8 kg] [10.2 kg] [37.4 cm] [22.9 cm] [31.7 cm] [3.3 kg] [8.0 kg]
Shipping 25" 17" 13" 14.0 lbs – Shipping 16" 17" 13" 10.0 lbs –
D450 L4D-20 2.0 Gallon LUXUS® Thermal Dispenser D453 L4S-20 2.0 Gallon LUXUS® Thermal Server*
Height Width Depth Empty Weight Filled Weight Height Width Depth Empty Weight Filled Weight
Product 241/2" 9" 131/4" 11.5 lbs 27.5 lbs Product 161/16" 9" 121/2" 8.3 lbs 25.0 lbs
[62.2 cm] [22.9 cm] [33.6 cm] [4.8 kg] 1.5
[10.2 kg] [40.8 cm] [22.9 cm] [31.7 cm] [3.3 kg] [8.0 kg]
Digital Freshness Timer Digital Volume Indicator Shipping 27" 17" 13" 16.0 lbs –
GALLON
Shipping 21" 17" 13" 12.0 lbs –
Four pie-shaped visual indicators that represent how much Digital visual indicator shows how much liquid remains with * Must be used with with "A" series Serving Stations.
time (in 15 minute increments) has elapsed since filling. a series of “V” shape bars representing 20% increments. L4S-10 L4D-10 L4D-15/20
13-1/2"
[34.2 cm]
13-1/2"
13-1/2"
[34.2 [34.2
cm] cm]
L4D-15 L4D-20
21-3/4" 23" 24-1/2"
[55.2 cm] L4D-15
L4D-15 [58.4 cm] L4D-20
L4D-20 [62.2 cm]
Example #1 Example #2 21-3/4"
21-3/4"
[55.2 [55.2
cm] cm]
23" 23"
[58.4 [58.4
cm] cm]
24-1/2"
24-1/2"
[62.2 [62.2
cm] cm]
13/16"
1 hour 15 mins. elapsed / 80% liquid remaining (represented by 4 filled bars) 2 hours 30 mins. elapsed / 20% liquid remaining (represented by 1 filled bar) 13-1/2"
[2.0 cm]
[34.2 cm]
13/16"13/16"
[2.0 cm]
[2.0 cm]
8" 11-1/2" L4D-15 L4D-20
7-23/32" 7-3/4"
[20.3 cm] [29.2 cm] 21-3/4" 23" 24-1/2"
8" 8" 11-1/2"
11-1/2" [19.6 cm] [19.6 cm]
[55.2 cm] 7-23/32"
7-23/32" [58.4 cm] 7-3/4"7-3/4" [62.2 cm]
[20.3 [20.3
cm] cm] [29.2 [29.2
cm] cm]
[19.6 [19.6
cm] cm] [19.6 [19.6
cm] cm]
13/16"
[2.0 cm]
L4S-15/20 8" 11-1/2"

7-23/32" 7-3/4"
[20.3 cm] [29.2 cm]
[19.6 cm] [19.6 cm]
*NOTE:Timeisresetwhendispenserisemptied,removingfunnelorwhenenoughliquid *NOTE:Timeisresetwhendispenserisemptied,removingfunnelorwhenenoughliquid 8" 12-1/2" 9" 13-1/4"
isaddedtoincreasevolumebyonelevel. isaddedtoincreasevolumebyonelevel. L4S-15 L4S-20 [20.3 cm] [31.7 cm] [22.9 cm] [33.6 cm]
14-3/4" 16-1/16" 8" 8" 12-1/2"
12-1/2" 9" 9" 13-1/4"
13-1/4"
L4S-15
L4S-15 [37.4 cm] L4S-20
L4S-20 [40.8 cm] [20.3 [20.3
cm] cm] [31.7 [31.7
cm] cm] [22.9 [22.9
cm] cm] [33.6 [33.6
cm] cm]
14-3/4"
14-3/4" 16-1/16"
16-1/16"
[37.4 [37.4
cm] cm] [40.8 [40.8
cm] cm]
8" 12-1/2" 9" 13-1/4"

L4S-15 L4S-20 [20.3 cm] [31.7 cm] [22.9 cm] [33.6 cm]
14-3/4" 13/16"
16-1/16"
[2.0 cm]cm]
Funnel Construction Traditional Pull Faucet

[37.4 cm] [40.8
13/16"13/16"
[2.0 cm]
[2.0 cm]
9" 12-1/2"
[22.9 cm] [31.7 cm]
Funnel enclosure helps provide Precise control of beverage 9" 9"
[22.9 [22.9
cm] cm]
12-1/2"
12-1/2"
[31.7 [31.7
cm] cm]
additional protection to circuit container filling. Transparent 13/16"

[2.0 cm]
board, internal battery and polycarbonate faucet guard

9" 12-1/2"
display window. Features keeps containers and cups [22.9 cm] [31.7 cm]
built-in handle for quick away from the spout to help Customize Your Dispenser Serving Stations
cleaning and maintenance. prevent cross contamination.
#1071.00030.00 Orange Dispenser Faucet Replacement Handle* Serving Stations for L4S-10 Server
#1071.00031.00 Green Dispenser Faucet Replacement Handle* #A147 Single Face
#1071.00032.00 Blue Dispenser Faucet Replacement Handle* #A148 Double Facing
#1071.00040.00 Red Dispenser Faucet Replacement Handle* #A149 Triple Facing
#Z053 Rear Facing Positioned Digital Display Serving Stations for L4S-15/L4S-20 Servers
* Color choice must be specified at time of purchase for no charge #A150 Single Face
#A151 Double Facing
Wrap Stabilizer Mullti-Face Serving Stations #A152 Triple Facing
Pronounced ledge in molded (L4 Servers) NOTE: Serving stations work for both L3 and L4 series servers.
plastic cover helps prevent Modular multi-station design in Information

graphic “wraps” from sliding 1, 2 or 3 increments can create
fetco.com 847.719.3000 Food Equipment Technologies Co.
up the dispenser body a permanent or temporary beverage 1.800.338.2699 USA 600 Rose Road
during handling. service on any countertop, [email protected] 847.719.3001 Lake Zurich, IL 60047
USA
meeting room, lobby or food line.
© Copyright 2017 FETCO® is a mark of Food Equipment Technologies Company. #BR14094

The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf ‐ 2018 Equipment East Bay Restaurant Supply, Inc. Page: 25 The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf ‐ 2018 Equipment East Bay Restaurant Supply, Inc. Page: 26

E10 - COFFEE GRINDER
KR 1203/1403
retail grinder retail grinder
KR 1203/1403 The 1203 and 1403 models are the ideal solution everywhere that fast, • Continuously variable adjustment of grinding fineness.
Fast and reliable

reliable and uniform grinding is required.
• Minimal coffee particles left in discharge tube thanks to built-in
Coffee stores with a large volume of business, supermarkets and
vibrating device or manual tapper.
roasting establishments value these coffee grinders highly for their
exceptional performance, sturdiness and simple and safe operation. • Efficient bag shaking device distributes grounds evenly into bag and
ensures all particles are dispensed.
• Specially developed motors allowing large grinding capacity at all
• Precision grinding discs made of high quality material that is
degrees of fineness.
extremely wear resistant. The original discs can be re-sharpened up
• Preservation of coffee’s unique aromatic oils thanks to uniform, to 3 times with proper care and maintenance.
gentle and cool grinding made possible by specially sharpened
• Easy to maintain and clean.
discs developed by Ditting.
TECHNICAL DATA 1203 1403

Voltage/frequency/phase 110-120 V / 60 Hz / 1 220 V / 60 Hz / 3
Motor power 1.4 kW / 1.9 hp 1.7 kW / 2.3 hp
Rotor current drain 13 amps 10.7 amps
Average grinding capacity 1400 g/min / 3 lbs/min 2200 g / 5 lbs/min
Hopper capacity 1100 g / 2.4 lbs 1100 g / 2.4 lbs
Grinding disc diameter Ø 120 mm 140 mm
Net weight 38 kg / 94 lbs 38 kg / 94 lbs
Dimensions (w x d x h) 260 x 340 x 640 mm / 12.5“ x 16“ x 34“ 260 x 340 x 640 mm / 12.5“ x 16“ x 34“
Standard colour black, stainless steel black, stainless steel
Certifications UL, cUL, ETL (NSF-8) UL, cUL, ETL (NSF-8)
EQUIPMENT
Available versions KR KR
Hopper magnet • •
Manual bag holding device • •
Bag shaker • •
Cooling fan • •
Overload protection • •
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Special grinding discs – •
Special colours • •
Other electric specifications available on request
Ditting Maschinen AG Ditting USA, Inc.

Bramenstrasse 11 | CH-8184 Bachenbülach | Switzerland 8801-B Smiths Creek Rd | Wales, Michigan 48027 | USA
Phone +41 44 864 18 00 | Fax + 41 44 864 18 01 Phone +1 810 367 7125 | Fax +1 810 367 7130
[email protected] | www.dittingswiss.ch Phone 800 835 5992 | www.ditting.com

& Tea, userights
E10 - COFFEE GRINDER (FRANCHISE OPTION)
804
retail grinder retail grinder
804 Whether they are in service in small coffee stores or in a large labora- • Continuously variable adjustment of grinding fineness.
Small, sturdy and versatile

tory for cupping, the series 804 models are valued for their impressive
• Minimal coffee particles left in discharge tube thanks to manual
functionality and reliability. Since these machines are extremely easy
tapper.
to clean, they are increasingly used where coffee beans of different
flavours have to be ground as this requires more frequent and thorough • Efficient bag shaking device (KR model) distributes grounds evenly
cleaning. into bag and ensures all particles are dispensed.
• Precision grinding discs made of high-quality material that is

• Specially developed motors allowing large grinding capacity at all
extremely wear-resistant.
degrees of fineness.
• Easy to maintain and clean.
• Preservation of coffee’s unique aromatic oils thanks to uniform,
gentle and cool grinding made possible by specially sharpened
discs developed by Ditting.
TECHNICAL DATA 804

Voltage/frequency/phase 110-120 V / 60 Hz / 1
Motor power 0.5 kW / 0.68 hp
Rotor current drain 6 amps
Average grinding capacity 500 g/min / 1.1 lbs/min
Hopper capacity 500 g / 1.1 lbs
Grinding disc diameter Ø 80 mm
Net weight 22.5 kg / 55 lbs
Dimensions (w x d x h) 200 x 260 x 480 mm / 9.5“ x 11“ x 24.5“
Standard colour black
Certifications UL, cUL, ETL (NSF-8)
EQUIPMENT KF, KR
Available versions •
Hopper magnet •
Manual bag holding device only KR
Bag shaker
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Other electric specifications available on request
Ditting Maschinen AG Ditting USA, Inc.

Bramenstrasse 11 | CH-8184 Bachenbülach | Switzerland 8801-B Smiths Creek Rd | Wales, Michigan 48027 | USA
Phone +41 44 864 18 00 | Fax + 41 44 864 18 01 Phone +1 810 367 7125 | Fax +1 810 367 7130
[email protected] | www.dittingswiss.ch Phone 800 835 5992 | www.ditting.com

& Tea, userights
E11 - ESPRESSO GRINDER (NON- DRIVE THUR LOCATIONS)
MACINADOSATORE SUPERJOLLY GRINDER-DOSER SUPER JOLLY
REGOLAZIONE DI MACINATURA MICROMETRICA CONTINUA STEPLESS MICROMETRICAL GRINDING ADJUSTMENT
Disponibile nelle versioni: Available in the following versions:
Super Jolly
- con interruttore manuale - with manual switch
- con interruttore a tempo - with time switch
- automatico con avviamento ogni 12 dosi - automatic with start every 12 doses
ed arresto al riempimento del dosatore and stop when the ground coffee doser is full
CARATTERISTICHE TECNICHE: TECHNICAL FEATURES:

Potenza Watt 350 Power Watt 350
Macine (rif. 33M - 33T) mm Ø 64 Grinding blades (ref. 33M - 33T) mm Ø 64 (2½ inches)
Giri macine g/min 1400 (50 Hz) Grinding blade speed r.p.m. 1400 (50 Hz)
g/min 1600 (60 Hz) r.p.m. 1600 (60 Hz)
Capacità contenitore caffè in grani Kg 1,2 Coffee-bean container capacity Kg 1,2 (2,7 lbs)
Capacità contenitore caffè macinato g 280 Ground coffee container capacity g 280 (0,6 lbs)
Regolazione dose g 5,5 - 8 Dose adjustment g 5,5-8 (0,19-0,28 oz)
Peso netto Kg 14 Net weight Kg 14 (31 lbs)
MOULIN DOSEUR SUPER JOLLY DOSIERMÜHLE SUPER JOLLY

RÉGULATION DE MOUTURE MICROMÉTRIQUE CONTINUE STUFENLOSE MIKROMETRISCHE MAHLREGELUNG
Disponible dans les versions suivantes: Verfügbar in den folgenden Ausführungen:

- avec interrupteur manuel - mit Handschalter
- avec interrupteur à temps - mit Zeitschalter
mm inches - automatique avec démarrage toutes les 12 doses - automatisch mit Start bei jeder 12 Dosis
et arrêt à remplissage du doseur de café moulu und Stop beim Anfüllen des Dosierers
A 195 73/4
B 263 101/2 CARACTÉRISTIQUES TECHNIQUES: TECHNISCHE DATEN:
C 240 91/2 Puissance Watt 350 Leistung Watt 350
D 420 161/2 Meules (réf. 33M - 33T) mm Ø 64 Mahlscheiben (Kennziffer 33M - 33T) mm Ø 64
H 610 24 Tours meules g/min 1400 (50 Hz) Mahlscheibenumdrehungen g/min 1400 (50 Hz)
Ø 212 81/4 g/min 1600 (60 Hz) g/min 1600 (60 Hz)
Contenance de la trémie Kg 1,2 Kapazität des Bohnenbehälters Kg 1,2
Contenance du doseur g 280 Kapazität des Dosierers g 280
Reglage de la dose g 5,5 - 8 Einstellung der Kaffeepulverdosis g 5,5 - 8
Poids net Kg 14 Nettogewicht Kg 14
MOLINO DOSIFICADOR SUPER JOLLY MOINHO DOSEADOR SUPER JOLLY

REGULACIÓN MOLIENDA MICROMÉTRICA CONTINUA REGULAÇÃO DA MOAGEM MICROMÉTRICA CONTÍNUA
Se suministran en las versiones: Disponivel nas versões:

- con interruptor manual - com interruptor manual
- con interruptor de tiempo - com interruptor de tempo
- automático con puesta en marcha cada 12 dosificaciones - automático com partida a cada 12 doses
y parada cuando se lliena el dosificador e paragem após o enchimento do doseador
DATOS TÉCNICOS: DADOS TÉCNICOS:

Potencia Watt 350 Potencia Watt 350
Fresas (ref. 33M - 33T) mm Ø 64 Mós (ref. 33M - 33T) mm Ø 64
Revoluciones fresas g/min 1400 (50 Hz) Rotaçóes dos mós g/min 1400 (50 Hz)
g/min 1600 (60 Hz) g/min 1600 (60 Hz)
Capacidad de la tolva Kg 1,2 Capacidade de café em gráos Kg 1,2
Capacidad del dosificador g 280 Capacidade de café moído g 280
Regulación de la dosis g 5,5 - 8 Regulaçáo de dose g 5,5 - 8
Peso neto Kg 14 Peso liquido Kg 14
Accessori Opzionali / Optionals / Options / Optionals / Opciones / Opçoes

MACINADOSATORI / GRINDER-DOSERS / MOULIN DOSEURS / DOSIERKAFFEEMÜHLEN / MOLINOS DOSIFICADORES / MOINHOS DOSEADORES
• Dosatura maggiorata (8-10,5 g) / Oversize dose (8-10,5 g - 0,28-0,36 oz) / Dose majorée (8-10,5 g) / Erhöhte Dosierung (8-10,5 g) / Dosis aumentada (8-10,5 g) / Dose maior (8-10,5 g) •
• Pressino a molla con forchetta lunga / Spring coffee pressing device with long fork / Presse-café à ressort avec fourchette longue
Kleine Feder-presse mit langer Stützgabe / Prensador con resorte y horquilla larga / Prensador com mola e forquilha comprida •
geprüfte
Sicherheit
• Il costruttore si riserva la facoltà di apportare quelle modifiche tecniche che si rendessero necessarie senza preavviso. • The manufacturer reserves the right
to change specifications without notice. • Le constructeur se réserve le droit d’effectuer des modifications sans aucun préavis. • Der Hersteller vorbehaltet sich
den technischen Daten warnunglos zu ändern. • El constructor se reserva el derecho de efectuar sin previo aviso las modificaciones que considere oportunas en
intérès de mejoras técnicas en sus fabricados. • O constructor reserva-se o direito de modificar sem aviso previo as màquinas tratadas neste manual.
STSJDOS012013
MAZZER LUIGI s.r.l. via Moglianese, 113 - 30030 Gardigiano di Scorzè (VE) - Italy
Tel. +39 041 58 30 200 r.a. - Fax +39 041 58 30 060
ISO 9001:2008
www.mazzer.com - E-mail: [email protected] • cod.fisc. e P. IVA 00165200270 n. 9130.MAZ6

& Tea, userights
E12 A - GRAB-N-GO
COUNTER BY MILLWORK

PUBLIC AREA GENERAL EQUIPMENT 23
E12 B - GRAB-N-GO (FRANCHISE OPTION)
ITEM: PROJECT NAME: DATE: CONVERTIBLE SERVICE OVER REFRIGERATED SELF-SERVE MERCHANDISER
CONVERTIBLE SERVICE OVER REFRIGERATED OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:

SELF-SERVE SPECIALTY MERCHANDISER l Reflective End Glass
MODEL l SSRC3652 For Self-Serve Refrigerated Base For Service Top Display
l Special Finish l Reflective Rear Doors
l SSRC5052 l Energy Saving Night Curtain l Glass Shelves
l SSRC5952 l Security Night Cover
l SSRC7752
l Solid Rear Sliding Access Doors
for Bottom Section
l Cord & Plug
l Remote Refrigeration
l Casters or Legs
l Black Wire or Glass Shelf with
Light in Lieu of Display Steps
l Rear Wrapping Board
SPECIFICATIONS:
Remote
Model Dimensions Shipping Self-Contained 120/60/1
L W H Weight (lbs) with Condensate Pan with Condensate Pan
Display a variety of products and serve more customers with presentation and value in mind.
Cases are available in lengths of 36", 50", 59", and 77". l SSRC3652 36" x 34" x 52" 590 120/60/1 • 1/3 HP • 15 AMPS 10 AMPS
l SSRC5052 50" x 34" x 52" 720 230/60/1 • 1/2 HP • 10 AMPS 10 AMPS
STANDARD FEATURES l SSRC5952 59" x 34" x 52" 845 230/60/1 • 1/2 HP • 12 AMPS 12 AMPS
l SSRC7752 77" x 34" x 52" 1,010 230/60/1• 3/4 HP • 13 AMPS 12 AMPS
Refrigerated Self-Serve Bottom Display • Rear access to the refrigeration system for quick and easy service.
• Steel base construction with black exterior. • R404 Refrigerant.
Other finishes optional. • Adjustable leg levelers. • Refrigerated cases are designed to operate in a maximum environment of 75°F ambient and 55%
relative humidity.
• Black interior, glass end panels. Service Top Display
• Due to continuing engineering improvements, specifications are subject to change without notice.
• Horizontal shielded top light. • Divided merchandise area. 3' only has one display area.
• Two-tier black display step. • Baffle system converts display from non-refrigerated
• Thermometer. to refrigerated. FEDERAL INDUSTRIES
• Condensate evaporator provided for a totally • Clear glass rear sliding doors. A Standex Company
self-contained system. • Tempered lift-up thermopane front glass.
215 FEDERAL AVENUE, BELLEVILLE, WISCONSIN 53508-9201
• Easy clean, rustproof insulated evaporator coil compartment. • Adjustable black wire shelf. PHONE: 800-356-4206 FAX: 608-424-3234
• Easily accessible light switch and adjustable power switch. • Shielded top and shelf light. EMAIL: [email protected] WEBSITE: www.federalind.com
• Average case temperature of 38° to 40°F is maintained. • Thermometer.
11/11

& Tea, userights
E13 - STANDING GRAB-N-GO
FEDERAL INDUSTRIES AIA#
A Standex Company Project Name: __
FEDERAL 215 Federal Avenue
INDUSTRIES Project
Item #: Name: _____________________
AIA #
__ REFRIGERATED SELF-SERVE HIGH PROFILE SLIM-LINE
Belleville, WI 53508-9201
A Standex Company
Phone: 800-356-4206 Model #:___________________________
Qty: __ SIS# SPECIALTY MERCHANDISER
Fax: 608-424-3234
215 Federal Avenue Item #:
Email:
Belleville, [email protected]
Wisconsin 53508-9201 Approval:
Website: www.federalind.com OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
Phone: 800-356-4206 Model #: ____________ Qty: _________ SIS # l Special Exterior Laminate Finish l LED Lighting l Legs
REFRIGERATED SELF-SERVE SLIM-LINE HIGH PROFILE SPECIALTY MERCHANDISER -24”D N
Fax: 608-424-3234
Email: [email protected] l Stainless Steel Exterior Finish l Light Below Shelves l Reflective End Glass
Approval: _________________________
Website: Federalind.com l Glass Shelves l Deli Meat Hooks or Pegs l White or Stainless Interior
Designed with impulse sales in mind. Get maximum return from an MODEL LENGTH l Remote Refrigeration with Condensate l Casters (Self-Contained (Including Shelving)
Refrigerated Self-Serve
attention-grabbing Slim-Line
merchandiser High Profile
and increase profits.Specialty
Available in Merchandiser – 78”H X 24”
( Includes End Panels ) Pump Models Only) l Security Night Cover
l Condensate Pump l 120V Electrical for 478SC Model only
lengths of 3' (0.91m), 4' (1.22m), 5' (1.52m), and 6' (1.83m). Only □ RSSL-378SC 36 x 24 x 78 (in)
914 x 607 x 1981 (mm) (2 Circuits Required)
Designed
24"with impulse
(0.61m) sales in mind. Get maximum return from an
Deep.
attention-grabbing merchandiser and increase profits. Available in lengths of
□ RSSL-478SC
MODEL LENGTH 47.25 x 24 x 78 (in)
1200
(Includes x 607 x 1981 (mm)
End Panels)
3’ (0.91m), 4’ (1.22m), 5’ (1.52m), and 6’ (1.83m). Only 24” (0.61m) Deep. □ RSSL-578SC 59.25 x 24 x 78 (in)
36 x 24 x 78 (in)
RSSL-378SC 1505x 1981
914 x 607 x 607(mm)
x 1981 (mm) Top View
□ RSSL-678SC 71.25 x 24 x 78 (in)
47.25 x 24 x 78 (in)
RSSL-478SC 1810 x 607 x 1981 (mm)
1200 x 607 x 1981 (mm)
59.25 x 24 x 78 (in)
STANDARD
RSSL-578SC FEATURES
1505 x 607 x 1981 (mm)
Front
Side View Side View
Model Features 71.25 x 24 x 78 (in)
RSSL-678SC 1810 x 607 x 1981 (mm)
Welded powder coated steel base fabrication
Choice of six standard laminates on exterior
Black metal
STANDARD front grill and galvanized steel back.
FEATURES
Silver Trim
Stainless steel display deck, glass and black interior
Model Features
ends, black interior back panel
• Welded powder coated steel base fabrication
• ChoiceMoisture resistant
of six standard endon
laminates panel construction with
exterior
• Blackfield
metalreplaceable
front grill andtempered thermo-pane glass
galvanized steel
back.Front air intake and discharge
• SilverEnergy
Trim saving night curtain
• Stainless
Cordsteel
anddisplay
Plug deck, glass and black
interior ends, black interior back panel
• Moisture resistant end panel construction with
Refrigeration
field replaceable tempered thermo-pane glass
• FrontElectronic temperature
air intake and discharge control with on
• Energydemand defrost
saving night curtain
• CordPTC Condensate heater provided for a totally
and Plug
self-contained system
Refrigeration controls maintain 38°-40°F (3.3°-4.4°C)
Refrigeration NEMA
Note:temperature
• Electronic Case temperature
control withwill vary if the air
on demand Model Dimensions Shipping Shelving Self-Contained
Configuration
Remote
curtain is disrupted.
defrost L W H Weight (lbs) Electrical For SC Models 120/60/1
• PTC Insulated
Condensatewith
heater provided forurethane
a totally foam
self-contained system
high-density l RSSL-378SC 36" x 24" x 78" 795 4 (14" x 34") 120/60/1 • 1/2 HP NEMA 5-20P 3 AMPS
Model RSSL-478SC Thermometer
• Refrigeration controls maintain 38°-40°F l RSSL-478SC 47.25" x 24" x 78" 885 4 (14" x 45") 208-240/60/1 • 3/4 HP NEMA 6-20P 4 AMPS
Shown Model RSSL-478SC Shown R404A refrigerant
(3.3°-4.4°C)
Note: Case temperature will vary if the air l RSSL-578SC 59.25" x 24" x 78" 1,120 4 (14" x 57") 208-240/60/1 • 1 HP NEMA 6-20P 5 AMPS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Shelving
curtain is disrupted.
l RSSL-678SC 71.25" x 24" x 78" 1,180 8 (14" x 34") 208-240/60/1 • 1 HP NEMA 6-20P 6 AMPS
• Insulated with high-density urethane foam
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Legs 6” (152mm) • Four tiers of adjustable black metal shelves with
• Thermometer, bulb and capillary 4” (102mm)
□ Special Exterior Laminate Finish Skirt □with Cord and or
Casters Plug
Legs(Self Contained long
price tag molding. Shelves can be flat or
Special □ Stainless
Exterior Laminate Exterior Finish Cord andModels
SteelFinish Only)
Plug (Self Cord Included
Contained Models • R404A slanted downwards at 10°
refrigerant • Case temperature will vary if the air curtain is disrupted.
White
□ Steel
Stainless Interior
Exterior (Including Shelving)
Finish Condensate
Only)□Cord Included Pump • Electrical Requirement – The minimum circuit ampacity and maximum fuse size is 20 amps.
□ Additional
White Interior (IncludingLighted
Shelving)(LED) Shelf Condensate
□ Condensate
Pump Evaporator Assembly Lighting
Shelving • Refrigerated cases are designed to operate in a maximum of 75°F ambient and 55% relative humidity.
□ Deli Meat Pegs (Field
Condensate Install) (Separate
Evaporator Assembly 120V, 20A • Four3500K
tiers ofLED top light
adjustable black metal shelves with
Additional Lighted (LED) Shelf
priceDLC
tag molding.
• Due to continuing engineering improvements, specifications are subject to change without notice.
Security Night Cover
□ Pegs
(Field Install) (Separate 120V, 20A
Circuit Required) (Remote Only) certified,Shelves can be flat or slanted
IP 65 rated
Deli Meat Circuit Required) (Remote Only) downwards at 10° • If GFCI is required, a GFI Breaker must be used in lieu of GFCI recepticle.
LEDCover
Security□Night Lights Below Shelves □ Remote Refrigeration with
Remote Refrigeration with Condensate Agency Approvals
□ 2Below
LED Lights ½” (63.5 mm) or 4” (101.6mm)Pump (R448A/R449A
Shelves Condensate Refrigerant
Pump (R448A/R449A Lighting
• 3500KUL,
LEDC-UL and UL Sanitation listed to NSF-7, Type I
top light
Casters
2 ½” (63.5mm) or 4”(Self Contained
(101.6mm) Models
Casters Refrigerant
• DLC conditions
certified, IP 65 rated FEDERAL INDUSTRIES
Only)Models Only)
(Self Contained
A Standex Company
DOE 2017 compliant
□ Legs 6” (152mm) Agency Approvals
*Additional options available on the website and price list.
□ Skirt with Casters or Legs • UL, C-UL and UL Sanitation listed to NSF-7, 215 FEDERAL AVENUE, BELLEVILLE, WISCONSIN 53508-9201
Type I conditions PHONE: 800-356-4206 FAX: 608-424-3234
WARRANTY* Note: Information is subject
• DOE 2017 compliant EMAIL: [email protected] WEBSITE: www.federalind.com
One year Parts and Labor to change at any time. Visit
WARRANTY*
2nd thru 5th year part only
Note: Information is subject to change at any time.
service compressor www.federalind.com for the
Made in America ANSI/NSF 7 One
(U.S.A. and year Parts
Canada) and
most Laborspecs.
current
2nd thru 5th year part Visit www.federalind.com for the most current specs.
Revised 12/16/2018 3/15
only service compressor Revised 12/16/2018
(U.S.A and Canada)

E14 35 - GAL. WASTE CAN E14 B 35 - GAL. RECYCLE BIN


& Tea, userights
E15 - BLENDER - THE QUIET ONE
Product Specifications / Especificaciones del Producto
The Quiet One® The Quiet One®

Item Number: On-Counter: 36019 Tema Número: De Sobremesa: 36019
In-Counter: 40009 Empotrada: 40009
Motor: ≈3 peak output horsepower motor Motor: Motor de ≈ 3 caballos de potencia máxima
Electrical: 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 15.0 A de salida
Pack: Includes The Quiet One® with 48 oz. Eléctrico: 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 15,0 A
high-impact, clear/stackable Advance® Embalaje: Incluye una The Quiet One® con vaso Advance®
container complete with Advance
THE QUIET ONE® blade assembly and lid, and removable
de 1,4 L, transparente, apilable y resistente
a impactos, completo con conjunto de cuchillas
compact enclosure. Advance y tapa, además del cerramiento
Net Weight: 20.0 lbs, (28.0 lbs. with box) compacto desmontable.
Award-Winning Quiet Blending Technology Dimensions: Peso neto: 9,1 kg, (12,7 kg con caja)
The ultimate blender with exceptional sound reduction, On-Counter: 18.0 x 8.5 x 10.7 in. (H x W x D) Dimensiones:
consistent beverage blends, and improved speed of service. Height with lid open: 24.5 in. De Sobremesa: 45,7 x 21,6 x 27,2 cm (H x A x P)
In-Counter: 16.5 x 8.5 x 10.7 in. (H x W x D) Altura con la tapa abierta: 62,2 cm
Smart Product Design Height with lid open: 23.0 in. Empotrada: 41,9 x 21,6 x 27,2 cm (H x A x P)
Depth below counter: 1.2 in. Altura con la tapa abierta: 58,4 cm
• The advance vibration dampening technology provides quality
Profundidad bajo el mostrador: 3,0 cm
drinks in a more enjoyable atmosphere
Made in the U.S.A. with a minimum of 70% U.S.A. content.
• Magnetically secured floating sound enclosure is dramatically FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY. Fabricado en los EE. UU. con un mínimo de 70% de material
easier to clean and disassemble with no screws to damage
estadounidense. SOLAMENTE PARA USO COMERCIAL.
the enclosure Warranty: The Quiet One is backed by a three-year warranty
• 6 program buttons with 34 optimized programs for easier, on motor base parts and a one-year warranty on labor.
For more complete warranty terms and conditions, please Garantía: The Quiet One está respaldada por una garantía de
consistent blending
call 1.800.437.4654 or visit vitamix.com. tres partes para la base del motor y una garantía de un año en
• Advance® container creates faster, smoother pouring and has a reparaciones. Para obtener información más completa sobre los
longer blade life resulting in time and cost savings along with términos y condiciones de la garantía, llame al 1.800.437.4654
improved customer experience o visite vitamix.com.
• Air management and powerful ≈3 peak output HP motor
reduces noise, improves reliability, and reduces down time Also Available / Disponible También
Additional Containers / Vasos Adicionales: 36019

Premio a la tecnología de licuado silencioso 40009
Complete with blade assembly and lid.
La mejor licuadora con reducción de sonido excepcional, mezcla Completo con juego de cuchillas y tapa.
de bebidas consistente y velocidad de servicio mejorada.
24.5 in.
Item Number / Tema Número: 62,2 cm
Diseño inteligente de producto 18.0 in. 16.5 in.
15978: 48 oz. Advance container / 1,4 L vaso Advance 45,7 cm
• La tecnología más avanzada para amortiguación de vibraciones 41,9 cm
proporciona bebidas de calidad en un ambiente más divertido

Unit is available in international voltages, please
• El gabinete de protección acústica, flotante y sujetado en forma contact Vitamix international customer service
magnética resulta considerablemente más fácil de limpiar y for information. 1.2 in.
desensamblar con sin tornillos que dañen el cerramiento La unidad está disponible en voltajes internacionales; 3,0 cm
8.5 in. 10.7 in.
• Cuenta con 6 botones de programación y 34 programas comuníquese con el Servicio internacional de atención 21,6 cm 27,2 cm
8.5 in.
2.5 in. 21,6 cm
optimizados para brindar un licuado más simple y consistente al cliente de Vitamix para obtener más información.
6,4 cm
• El vaso Advance® permite servir más rápida y suavemente,
ademásde contar con cuchillas de mayor vida útil, lo que Where Applicable / Según Corresponda:
permite ahorrartiempo y dinero, a la vez que se brinda una
mejor experiencia para el cliente
• El poderoso motor de ≈ 3 caballos de potencia máxima de
salida junto con el control del aire reducen el ruido, mejoran la
confiabilidad y disminuyen el tiempo de inactividad Contact Information / Información de Contacto
U.S.A., Canada & Latin America: vitamix.com

Phone: 800.4DRINK4 or
800.437.4654 Vita-Mix Corporation
Email: [email protected] 8615 Usher Road
Cleveland, OH 44138-2103 U.S.A.
Outside of U.S.A., Canada &
Latin America: For more information, contact your
local foodservice distributor.
Phone: +1.440.782.2450
Para obtener más información,
Email: [email protected]
comuníquese con su distribuidor local
vitamix.com de servicios alimenticios.
©2014 Vita-Mix® Corporation 102531 09/14

& Tea, userights
E15 - BLENDER - THE QUIET ONE (CONT’D)
Product Specifications / Especificaciones del Producto
Advance® Container Advance® Container

Item Number: 15981 Tema Número: 15981
Pack: Includes 32 oz. high-impact, clear/ Embalaje: Incluye un vaso Advance de 0,9 L, transparente,
stackable Advance container, complete apilable y resistente a impactos, completo con
with Advance blade assembly and lid. conjunto de cuchillas Advance y tapa.
Net Weight: 2.2 lbs. (2.6 lbs. with box) Peso Neto: 1,0 kg (0,9 kg con caja)
Dimensions: 10.5 x 7.1 x 8.2 in. (H x W x D) Dimensiones: 26,7 x 18,0 x 20,8 cm (H x A x P)
ADVANCE® CONTAINER
Advance Container Advance Container
Item Number: 15978 Tema Número: 15978
Pack: Includes 48 oz. high-impact, clear/ Embalaje: Incluye un vaso Advance de 1,4 L, transparente,
Greater Efficiency and Speed of Service
stackable Advance container, complete apilable y resistente a impactos, completo con
The Advance container creates faster, smoother pouring with Advance blade assembly and lid. conjunto de cuchillas Advance y tapa.
and has a longer container and blade life. Net Weight: 2.2 lbs. (2.6 lbs. with box) Peso Neto: 1,0 kg (0,9 kg con la caja)
Dimensions: 10.5 x 7.1 x 8.2 in. (H x W x D) Dimensiones: 26,7 x 18,0 x 20,8 cm (H x A x P)
Smart Product Design
đƫUnique shape and design improves blends and pourability, Fabricado en los EE. UU. con un mínimo de 70% de material
Made in the U.S.A. with a minimum of 70% U.S.A. content.
resulting in time and cost savings and an improved speed estadounidense. SOLAMENTE PARA USO COMERCIAL.
FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY.
of service
đƫBuilt-in, dripless spout means less mess and waste Warranty: The Advance Container is backed by a three-year Garantía: El Vaso Advance está respaldada por una garantía de
đƫSuperior durability with double-sealed bearings, provides warranty on motor base parts and a one-year warranty on labor. tres partes para la base del motor y una garantía de un año en
a longer blade life For more complete warranty terms and conditions, please call reparaciones. Para obtener información más completa sobre los
đƫShatter-proof polycarbonate container 1.800.437.4654 or visit vitamix.com. términos y condiciones de la garantía, llame al 1.800.437.4654
o visite vitamix.com.
đƫOperates with current machine programming or allows for
new, more efficient programming Also Available / Disponible También
15981 and 15978
Item Number / Tema Número:
Mayor eficiencia y velocidad de trabajo 15092: One-piece tethered lid.
El vaso Advance permite servir más rápida y suavemente, For Advance container only.
además de que cuenta con un vaso más grande y cuchillas de 8.2 in. 10.5 in. 9.9 in.
Tapa de una pieza fijada al vaso. 26,7 cm 25,1 cm
mayor vida útil. 20,8 cm
Solamente para vaso Advance.
Diseño inteligente de producto 3.5 in.
8,9 cm
đƫLa forma y el diseño únicos mejoran el licuado y la forma de 7.1 in.
servirlo, lo que permite ahorrar tiempo y dinero, además de 18,0 cm 5.3 in.
13,3 cm
mejorar la velocidad de trabajo
đƫEl pico incorporado sin goteo permite más limpieza y Compatible Machines / Máquinas Compatibles Where Applicable / Según Corresponda:
menos desperdicio
đƫDurabilidad superior con cojinetes doblemente sellados, que Item Number / Tema Número:
permiten a las cuchillas tener una vida útil más prolongada
15981: Drink Machine Advance®
đƫVaso de policarbonato a prueba de impacto BarBoss® Advance®
đƫOpera con la programación de la máquina o permite cambiar T&G® 2 Blending Station®
la programación a una más eficiente 15978 Blending Station® Advance®
The Quiet One®
Contact Information / Información de Contacto
U.S.A., Canada & Latin America: vitamix.com

Phone: 800.4DRINK4 or
800.437.4654 Vita-Mix Corporation
Email: [email protected] 8615 Usher Road
Cleveland, OH 44138-2103 U.S.A.
Outside of U.S.A., Canada &
Latin America: For more information, contact your
local foodservice distributor.
Phone: +1.440.782.2450
Para obtener más información,
Email: [email protected]
comuníquese con su distribuidor local
vitamix.com de servicios alimenticios.
©2012 Vita-Mix® Corporation 102633 10/12

& Tea, userights
E15A - BLENDER - PROGRAM CHIP: 15644/ PGM199
ADVANCE® CONTAINER
Greater Efficiency and Speed of Service

The Advance container creates faster, smoother pouring
and has a longer container and blade life.
Smart Product Design

đƫUnique shape and design improves blends and pourability,
resulting in time and cost savings and an improved speed
of service
đƫBuilt-in, dripless spout means less mess and waste
đƫSuperior durability with double-sealed bearings, provides
a longer blade life
đƫShatter-proof polycarbonate container
đƫOperates with current machine programming or allows for
new, more efficient programming
Mayor eficiencia y velocidad de trabajo

El vaso Advance permite servir más rápida y suavemente,
además de que cuenta con un vaso más grande y cuchillas de
mayor vida útil.
Diseño inteligente de producto

đƫLa forma y el diseño únicos mejoran el licuado y la forma de
servirlo, lo que permite ahorrar tiempo y dinero, además de
mejorar la velocidad de trabajo
đƫEl pico incorporado sin goteo permite más limpieza y
menos desperdicio
đƫDurabilidad superior con cojinetes doblemente sellados, que
permiten a las cuchillas tener una vida útil más prolongada
đƫVaso de policarbonato a prueba de impacto
đƫOpera con la programación de la máquina o permite cambiar
la programación a una más eficiente
vitamix.com

& Tea, userights
E16A - RINSE-O-MATIC

& Tea, userights
E16B - RINSE-O-MATIC FAUCET

E17 - EXTRACT DISPENSER
Models & Dimensions

Classic Bubblers™ Double Bowl
CLASSIC BUBBLERS™ DOUBLE BOWL

Project Date Models D25-3, D25-4, D255-3, D255-4, Item# Quantity
D256-3, D256-4 27-1/4 [69]
model D25 represented

17-1/2 [44] 11-1/8 [28]
measurements in inches [cm]
15 [38]
Specifications
Product Dimensions Ship Dimensions - two boxes

Model Description Electrical Ship Weight
(H x W X D) (H x W X D)
D25-3 Stainless steel side 120V / 660W / 6A 27.25” x17.5” x 15” Base: 16.25” x 20.75” x 13.5” 77 lbs
Base: (5507) panels and drip tray 1Ph (69 cm x 44 cm x 38 cm) (41 cm x 53 cm x 34 cm) (base: 60, bowls: 17)
Bowl: (5112) UL, NSF, CUL Bowl: 22.5” x 15.5” x 8.5” 34.9 kg
Certification (57 cm x 39 cm x 22 cm) (base: 27, bowls: 8)
D25-4 Plastic side panels 120V / 660W / 6A 27.25” x17.5” x 15” Base: 16.25” x 20.75” x 13.5” 77 lbs
Base: (5508) and drip tray 1Ph (69 cm x 44 cm x 38 cm) (41 cm x 53 cm x 34 cm) (base: 60, bowls: 17)
Bowl: (5122) UL, NSF, CUL Bowl: 22.5” x 15.5” x 8.5” 34.9 kg
Certification (57 cm x 39 cm x 22 cm) (base: 27, bowls: 8)
D255* NSF, CE 230V / 50Hz / 2.7A 27.25” x17.5” x 15” Base: 16.25” x 20.75” x 13.5” 77 lbs
Certification (69 cm x 44 cm x 38 cm) (41 cm x 53 cm x 34 cm) (base: 60, bowls: 17)
Bowl: 22.5” x 15.5” x 8.5” 34.9 kg
(57 cm x 39 cm x 22 cm) (base: 27, bowls: 8)
D256** NSF, CE 230V / 60Hz / 2.7A 27.25” x17.5” x 15” Base: 16.25” x 20.75” x 13.5” 77 lbs
Certification (69 cm x 44 cm x 38 cm) (41 cm x 53 cm x 34 cm) (base: 60, bowls: 17)
model D25-4
Bowl: 22.5” x 15.5” x 8.5” 34.9 kg
(57 cm x 39 cm x 22 cm) (base: 27, bowls: 8)
* (D255-3) = Stainless steel side panels and drip tray (D255- 4) = Plastic side panels and drip tray
** (D256-3) = Stainless steel side panels and drip tray (D256- 4) = Plastic side panels and drip tray
Refrigerant: 134A
Features Options
Valve Cap (2039) - Improves sealing of valve when using pulpy product
• Pre-mix dispenser with superior engineering allows full beverage cooling right down to Valve Locking Box (2502) - Secures the valve from dispensing during off-hours - not to be used with non-contact handle
Liquid Auto Fill (90295) - Ensures proper product and mixing consistency, eliminates need for frequent manual mixing
the last drink. Shipboard Kit (5925) - Makes unit safer for installation aboard marine vessel; only available for use with agitator
• Two-piece, stainless steel, dripless pouring valves are sanitary and easy to use and maintain. Milk Fat Impellers (1161M Lg Blue or 1008M Sm Red) - Use with milk-based products, and/or products with heavy pulp
• Better design and more stainless steel allow easier cleaning and less maintenance. Condensation Cover (3657) - Direct and conceal condensation in high humidity or outdoor locations
Security Kit (2510) - Use with D25 models
• Two large, 5 gallon (18.9 L) bowls with easy-to-read measuring marks, are separate to
allow bowl cleaning and flavor changes without “total system shut-down.”
• Super-strong, virtually unbreakable polycarbonate bowls and covers give lasting durability.
• Unique evaporator and high efficiency pump cools faster and more efficiently for quick start-up.
• Agitators are included with each unit for fresh juices, coffees, or teas.
• 1/5 hp refrigeration.
• Cup height 8.25” (20.5 cm).
GMCW™ 4003 Collins Lane, Louisville, KY 40245 USA

Tel: +1.502.425.4776 / 800.695.4500 (USA & Canada only) • Fax: +1.502.425.4664 • www.gmcw.com • Email: [email protected]
0314 Form # CC-275-07 Bubblers © 2014 GMCW™ PRINTED IN USA 0314 Form # CC-275-07

& Tea, userights
E19 - REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM
Light Commercial
S-SERIES Reverse Osmosis System
S-SERIES e S-Series systems operate at maximum water efficiency reducing overall water usage.
Light Commercial S-140, 75% Efficient
Maximum
Efficiency
Reverse Osmosis System
S-Series
S-70, 65% Efficient
Product Water
Water to Drain
Standard RO
33%
Efficiency
 e S-Series systems operate at
20%
maximum water efficiency reducing
overall water usage.
 Compact design with high quality, SPECIFICATIONS

stainless steel construction for Model Nimbus S-710 Nimbus S-1400
superior reliability, longer Part Number 809300 809400
operational lifetime.
SYSTEM
Motor Rated Current (A) 4.3 4.3
Nominal Power Consumption (kW) 0.55 0.55
 Streamlined operation and
maintenance. Voltage (V) 50/60Hz 115/230 115/230
Dimensions (W x D x H) inches 21.5 x 14.0 x 17.0 21.5 x 14.0 x 17.0
 Very easy to install - 3 water Nominal Permeate Flow (gpd) @ 77°F1 710 1,400
connections, one electrical Normalized Permeate Flow (gpd) @ 60°F1 525 1,050
connection. Cold Water Permeate Flow (gpd) @ 40°F1 365 730
Water Efficiency 65% 75%
 Factory set flow - no system
OPER ATING
Minimum Operating Temperature (°F) 36 36
adjustments required at startup.
Maximum Operating Temperature (°F) 104 104
 State-of-the-art controller monitors Minimum Inlet Pressure (psi) 29 29
feed inlet pressure, tank pressure, Maximum Inlet Pressure (psi) 116 116
System Upgrades and TDS in product water. Maximum Feed Water TDS (ppm) 2,500 2,500
 Maintenance notification via Nominal TDS Reduction2 95-99% 95-99%
remote indicator box  Built-in diagnostics for service Nominal Working Pressure (psi) 145 145
technicians.
 External bypass box Feed Water Softened, prefiltered
 USB connectivity for system status Max Hardness <5 grains
and alarm data. Max Free Chlorine <0.1 mg/l
Optional Equipment pH Range 4-11
FE E D WAT E R
 Stainless steel pump and TEFC pH Range (optimum) 5-8
 Product water storage tank
motor sized to meet long term, Maximum Silica (SiO2) 25 mg/l
 Soener maximum system demand. Iron (Fe) <0.05 mg/l
 Prefiltration  Quiet operation. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) <0.05 mg/l
Manganese (Mn) <0.05 mg/l
 Postfiltration
 Manufactured in the USA. Turbidity <1.0 NTU
Silt Density Index (SDI) <5.0
1
Measured with prefiltered, softened tap water at 500 ppm TDS and 36 psi inlet pressure.
Membrane performance may vary ±15%.
2
TDS reduction varies depending on feed water quality.
Nimbus Water Systems Nimbus Water Systems

42445 Avenida Alvarado • Temecula, CA 92590 42445 Avenida Alvarado • Temecula, CA 92590
800-451-9343 • FAX 951-894-2801 • www.nimbuswater.com 800-451-9343 • FAX 951-894-2801 • www.nimbuswater.com

& Tea, userights
E19 - REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM (CONT’D)

& Tea, userights
E19 - REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM RACK (CONT’D)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D D
20.500 24.250
26.625
C C
95.125
44.500
B B
6.000
26.500
INSTALLATION CONTROL DRAWING
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: NAME DATE NIMBUS WATER SYSTEMS (800) 451-9343
42445 Avendida Alvarado
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES DRAWN SLW 8/21/14 Temecula, CA 92590
TOLERANCES:
FRACTIONAL CHECKED TITLE:
A ANGULAR: MACH BEND A
ICD, CBTL
ENG APPR.
TWO PLACE DECIMAL .03
THREE PLACE DECIMAL .010 MFG APPR.
INTERPRET GEOMETRIC Q.A.

PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TOLERANCING PER:
COMMENTS:
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MATERIAL
SIZE DWG. NO. REV
B CBTL ASSY A
DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
NIMBUS WATER. ANY
REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLE FINISH
WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF NEXT ASSY USED ON
NIMBUS WATER IS
PROHIBITED. APPLICATION DO NOT SCALE DRAWING SCALE: 1:24 WEIGHT: SHEET 1 OF 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

E19 - REVERSE OSMOSIS SYSTEM RACK (CONT’D)
S-Series
Point of Entry Complete
Reverse Osmosis System
• High efficiency RO system
maximizes RO production and reduces
waste water
• Compact RO design with high quality

stainless steel construction for superior
reliability, longer operational lifetime.
• Streamlined operation and maintenance.
• Integrated 20” filtration array, 20

gallon pressurized storage tank and
bypass.
• Aluminum powder coated frame.
• Very easy to install--3 water connections,

one electrical connection.
• Factory set flow, no system adjustments

required at startup.
S-2500-MRack
• State of the art controller monitors feed
inlet pressure, tank pressure and TDS in
product water.
• USB connectivity for system status and

alarm data.
• Built-in diagnostics for service

technicians.
• Stainless steel pump and TEFC motor

sized to meet long term, maximum
system demand.
• Point of Entry systems tested and

certified by IAPMO under NSF/ANSI 61.
• Manufactured in the USA.

Nimbus Water Systems
www.nimbuswater.com • 800-894-2800
42445 Avenida Avarado, Temecula, CA 92590

E20 - WATER SOFTENER

E20A - WATER SOFTENER
FOR BRINE RESTRICTED AREAS
T
EE
EE
SH
SH
T
T
U
U
/C
/C
EC
EC
SP
SP
G
G
IN
IN
D
D
N
N
PE
PE
E21 - MICROWAVE
Commercial
NE-1054 Commercial Microwave Oven
Microwave Oven
NE-1054
Additional Features: Specifications
• Compact Size • Program List/Cycle Counter NE-1054
This Commercial Microwave Oven by Panasonic 120V, 60Hz,
• Stainless Steel Front • Self Diagnostics
Power Source
is ideal for full and quick service restaurants, • Touch Control Keypad • 99:99 Minute Capacity Single Phase
with Braille NEMA 5-15 R or
banquets, supermarkets, catering, and • See-Through Oven Door Receptacle Required
• Beep Control (On/Off) NEMA 5-20 R
institutional applications. • Interior Oven Light Frequency 2,450MHz
• 10 Programmable Memory Pads;
• Chef Technical Support Required Power 13.4A
20 Memory Capability
—1000* Watts of Power • Anti-Theft Equipped Output 1000 Watts*
• 6 Power Levels
• Will Ship via UPS Outer Dimensions (wxdxh) 201/8" x 169/16" x 12"
• 2- and 3-Stage Cooking Cavity Dimensions (wxdxh) 13" x 13" x 81/16"
—Capacity: 0.8 Cubic Feet • Programmable and Manual
• NSF & UL Commercial
Approved Net Weight 34 lbs.
Operations
Shipping Weight 39 lbs.
—“Grab & Go” Door Handle 24 x 183/4 x 143/4,
Shipping Box Size (wxdxh)
3.8 cu. ft.
—Bottom Energy Feed Bottom Energy Feed Timer 99 Min., 99 Sec.
The energy travels less distance Memory Capability 20 Programs
to reach the food, compared
—Fits One 6" Tall, Half-Size Steam Table
to side or top energy feed, for To Specify a Panasonic
Pan with Cover increased efficiency. Commercial Microwave Oven
The NE-1054 Commercial Microwave Oven meets or
exceeds all safety performance and sanitation standards
“Grab & Go”
set for commercial food service microwave ovens
Door Handle by UL, DHHS, FCC and NSF. Plus, oven shall have
Without the hassle of moving parts like
output power 1000 Watts*, stainless steel front, bottom
those found in push button doors or
energy feed, 10 programmable memory pads, Braille
trigger-activated handles, the “Grab &
keypad, 20-memory capability, Double Quantity
Go” Door Handle is fast and durable.
Key, 6 power levels, 2- and 3-stage cooking,
programmable lock, unique “quick pick” preset
times and self-diagnostics, and Chef/Test
Touch-Control Keypad
Kitchen technical support. 3 years
Featuring an electronic keypad with 10 programmable memory
limited warranty. 1 year parts &
pads and a 20-memory capability, the NE-1054 cooks with speed
labor. 3 years magnetron.
and precision with its 6 power levels and 2- and 3-stage cooking.
* I.E.C. 60705 Test Procedure. Specifications subject to change without notice.
Panasonic Home & Commercial Appliance Group Toll-free: 877-CMO-OVEN (266-6836)

Panasonic Corporation of North America Sales Support, Recipes and Training at: www.panasonic.com/cmo
Executives Offices: One Panasonic Way, Panazip 1H-2
For a Panasonic Distributor/Services nearest you, 1-800-350-9590
Secaucus, NJ 07094
Design and specifications subject to change without notice. FS080512SS

& Tea, userights
E22 - STAINLESS STEEL SHELF
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS B23 - MOP HOLDER
STAINLESS STEEL
CCSK1436C
California Cooking
A CCSK1436C
CCKS1448C
Wire Shelf FABRICATED SERVICE & MOP SINKS
California Cooking Wire Shelf
B CCKS1448C 9-OP-40DF Shown
California Cooking CCKCCWS-3 Stainless Steel Shelf
California Cooking C CCKCCWS-3 Stainless Steel Shelf Item #: Qty #:
1WD14C Single Bracket
Metro 1WD14C Single Bracket Bracket Model #:
Metro D2WD14C Double Bracket Bracket
E 2WD14C Double Bracket Project #:
FLOOR UNITS
FEATURES:
9-OP-20 Shown Floor mounted unit eliminates the need of lifting heavy containers.
Tile edge furnished on the rear.
Bowls rectangular in design for increased capacity.
Notched Out Front Allows K-16 Free Flow Drain is included with each mop sink.
Ease of Emptying Mop Bucket
CONSTRUCTION:
All TIG welded.
Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces and to a satin finish.
A B MATERIAL:
16 Gauge type “304" series stainless steel sink bowl.
18 Gauge type “304" series stainless steel sink apron.
D E D Fabricated Bowls are Welded
9-OP-40 Shown
Together at the Seams
16” HIGH SIDE & BACK

STANDING UNITS SPLASHES FOR
FEATURES: 9-OP SERIES MOP SINKS
C C Leg mounted design. 16 Gauge, 300 Series Stainless Steel
High back splash. Available with Back & Left Side,
3 1/2” Basket Drain Inlcuded Back & Right Side or Back & Both Sides
84” AFF
(Mounting Hardware Included)

CONSTRUCTION:
Height Above
All TIG welded.
Conventional MODEL Fits Units: Finished Floor (A.F.F.)
Welded areas blended to match K-288LorR 9-OP-20 26”
8-OP-16
adjacent surfaces and to a 9-OP-40 32”
satin finish.
K-290LorR 9-OP-28 26”
62” AFF
MATERIAL: 9-OP-48 32”

4-OP-18 - Heavy gauge type Splashes Available on All 3 Sides
“304" series stainless steel.
K-298 9-OP-20 26”
9-OP-40 32”
8-OP-16 - 18 gauge type Economy
“304” series stainless steel. 4-OP-18 K-299 9-OP-28 26”
9-OP-48 32”
FLOW RATE
SERVICE & MOP SINK ACCESSORIES 9.6 GPM/
36.3 LPM
MOP DRAINAGE TRAY 8” O.C.
• 16 Gauge, 300 Series Stainless Steel K-16 FLOOR UTILITY SHELF - 8” WIDE
Approx Approx
• Includes Cast 1/2” Drain & Plastic Hose MOP SINK inches mm MODEL
Wt Cubes
• Wall Mounted (Hardware not Included) K-240 REPLACEMENT
• 2” Tray Height with 6” Rear Splash SERVICE FAUCET*
24” 610 K-245 12 lbs. 1
DRAIN
(Overall Height) 36” 914 K-246 15 lbs. 2
Approx.
MODEL L x W x H Wt.
K-243 32” x 4” x 6” 13 lbs. K-242 MOP HANGER - 23” Wide K-244 HOSE & HANGER
*Does not meet Federal Lead Free Standards as it is not intended for potable water.
Customer Service Available To Assist You 1-800-645-3166 8:30 am - 8:00 pm E.S.T.

Email Orders To: [email protected]. For Smart Fabrication™ Quotes, Email To: [email protected] or Fax To: 631-586-2933
NEW YORK GEORGIA TEXAS NEVADA

www.advancetabco.com Fax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578
E-9

Page: 87
Published March, 2021. Page: 87 BOH GENERAL EQUIPMENT 40
& Tea, userights
E24 - 6-DOOR LOCKER E25 - 5-TIER WIRE SHELVING
55 Locker
These lockers are packaged unassembled one per CALIFORNIA COOKING SHELVING is made of a
carton. (Model EL) 21"W x 4"D x 72"H. (Model * All lockers open with door pulls and will accept padlock
( Padlock NOT included ) DURABLE CHROME-PLATED FINISH.
ELS) 17"W x 4"D x 72"H, including all parts &
easy installation instruction. It only takes a few * Each door is grid vented and have a label holder.
minutes to assemble following the instruction. * All lockers have 6" adjustable legs for easy floor cleaning. CALIFORNIA COOKING SHELVING Assembly is a
Comes unassembled economizes the shipping * All lockers are powder coated in beige. breeze. Just snap the collar adapters into the grooves
and storage cost. on the posts (they come in 1 inch increments) and slide
Doors Overall Dimension Weight Pack/
Order No Opening WxDxH lbs/case case the shelf on. Each shelf includes 4 collar adapters and
EL-2DR 2 12"x20"x77" 60 1 come in a variety of sizes for every possible use. No
EL-5DR 5 12"x20"x77" 65 1 nuts, bolts, or special tolls are required.
EL-6DR 6 12"x20"x77" 70 1
ELS-5DR 5 12"x16"x77" 60 1 Shelving changes quickly as your needs change. By
ELS-6DR 6 12"x16"x77" 65 1 using various accessories, hundreds of shelving
EX-2DR 2 12"x18"x78" 57 1 configurations become possible.
EX-5DR 5 12"x15"x66" 47 1
EX-6DR 6 12"x15"x78" 57 1 Shelf Dimensions:
DEPTHS: 14”, 18”, 21”, and 24”
EX-6DR WIDTHS: 24”, 30”, 36”, 42”, 48”, 54”, 60” and 72”
EL-2DR EX-5DR
EL-5DR EX-2DR
EL-6DR
55
* All lockers open with door pulls and will accept padlock
Locker
( Padlock NOT Included )
* Each door is grid vented and have a label holder.
* All lockers have 6" adjustable legs for easy floor cleaning.
* All lockers are powder coated in beige.
* Ships knock-down for extra freight and storage savings.

Order No Opening lbs/case case
WxDxH
ELS-4DR 4 45"x16"x13" 42 1
16 Doors Steel Locker
The economical solution for personal security.
Door are grid vented and have a label holder

Order No Opening lbs/case case
WxDxH
ELS-16DR 16 68"x16"x77" 175 1
www.GSW-USA.com
55 - 1

& Tea, userights
E26A - KEYBOARD TRAY E27 - SAFE
AMPHION Ô
Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf
FEATURES
· (1) Electronic Lock & Keypad
· (1) I C Interchangeable Core Lock, Interior Drop Box Part Number
· (3)- 1“ Locking solid steel bolts B322 2B88142M2A
· Five (5) Year Limited Warranty On Safe Body PARTS ONLY
· One (1) Year Limited Warranty On Lock PARTS ONLY
· 1-800-Help Line, 24 Hour Service
· 7-Days, 365-Days a Year 20“
· B Rate 7ga Body - ½Door, 30x20x20 Safe
· Dimensions not to scale EXECUTIVE SAFE
SERIAL #10000
CUSTOMER HOT LINE
(800) 520-2677
Outer Door 1
4
2
5
3
6
Electronic Key Pad 7 8 9
0
Interior Door W/ 30“

I C Interchangeable Core Lock
NO KEYS ARE TO BE SHIPPED TO THE

STORE. ALL KEYS ARE TO BE SHIPPED
TO THE CORPORATE OFFICE
ATTENTION: CAROLYN SCHOEW 20“
Custom Cash Drop Safe 30x20x20 w/ 3600 Electronic Key Pad + Time Delay Feature.............
Inner Compartment for Manager w / Single or Dual Key...............................................................Included
Inter Compartment for Manager w / Electronic Key Pad w / Time Delay Feature...(Optional)Available
1-800 Help Line, 24 Hour Service, 7 Days a week / 365 Days a year............................................Included
Shipping..........................................................................................................................................Available
Installation & Setup........................................................................................................................Avaialble
FOB: Ontario, CA
TERMS: Net 15 Days
MANUFACTURING LEAD TIME: 4 TO 6 WEEKS, A.R.O., RUSH ORDERS AVAILABLE
AGREEMENT: This quote is based on a min six (6) units per order, min twelve (12) units in the next
twelve 12 month period. This sales quote is effective thru 2015.

& Tea, userights
E28 - COFFEE SCALE E29 - 8” HEAT SEALER
IMPULSE SEALERS
S-2000
Price Computing Scale
OWNER’S MANUAL
PFS-08
PFS-12
PFS-16
Element Service Kit

Impulse Sealer
aler
Ideal for retail, produce, grocery stores, and industrial sealing. Requires no warm-up just plug it
in and is ready to go. Light weight and portable. Adjustable time and light indicator lets you know
when tight seal is ready.
Packaging Packaging
Model Description Electrical Weight Item #
Weight Dimensions
PFS-08 Manual Impulse Sealer 8” bar 110V/60/1 4.4 lbs. 6 lbs. 14” x 4” x 7” 14446
PFS-ESK08 (OHPHQW6HUYLFH.LWIRU3)6ZLUHVDQGVWULSV 16039
PFS-16
NEMA G
5 - 15 W
125 VAC / 15 AMP
Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Niagara Falls, New York, USA

Tel: (905) 828-0234 Toll-Free: 1-800-465-0234 Fax: (905) 607-0234 Email: [email protected]
www.omcan.com
© 2012 06-21-12, E.O.E

E30 - LID DISPENSER

E31 - CUP DISPENSER
SLR IN-COUNTER INTERCHANGEABLE BAFFLE CUP DISPENSERS IN-COUNTER INTERCHANGEABLE BAFFLE CUP DISPENSERS SLR
SERIES SERIES
Cup Rim Under Ring Mounting Spring Configurations

Model Diameter Counter Bezel Hole
Number Range Length Diameter Cut-Out
SELF ADJUSTING DISPENSING FLEXIBILITY SLR-2 3"– 41⁄2" 22" 71⁄8" 51⁄4"
SLR-2S 3"– 4 ⁄2"
1
17" 7 ⁄8"
1
51⁄4"
SLR-2L 3"– 41⁄2" 28" 71⁄8" 51⁄4"
DISPENSE-RITE
Perfect-Fit® interchangeable
SLR-2, SLR-2S AND SLR-2L ONE-SIZE-FITS-ALL

NO REAR
baffle gasket system FABRICATION

NEEDED
IN-COUNTER INTERCHANGEABLE BAFFLE CUP DISPENSERS Cup Type : Position : Spring

Foam Cups : Any Position : F Spring
With three under counter lengths to choose from the SLR-2 cup dispenser can be
Paper Cups : Horizontal : F Spring
ordered to suit your particular installation requirements.
Plastic Cups : Horizontal : F Spring
ABS PLASTIC CONSTRUCTION

ABS PLASTIC CONSTRUCTION
Paper Cups : Angled : P Spring

Plastic Cups : Angled : P Spring
SLR-2 22" UNDER COUNTER LENGTH Paper Cups : Vertical : P Spring
Plastic Cups : Vertical : P Spring
One-Size-Fits-All 8 oz. to 44 oz. Dispensers ship with both the

“F” and “P” compression springs.
Single spring models are available;
see price list for additional information.
Color Ring Bezels

Optional colored ring bezels are
SLR-2S 17" UNDER COUNTER LENGTH available in this popular color:
SLR SERIES ONE-SIZE-FITS-ALL IN-COUNTER INTERCHANGEABLE BAFFLE
CUP DISPENSERS • SILVER
One-Size-Fits-All 8 oz. to 44 oz. SATIN
DISPENSE-RITE SLR-2 Perfect-Fit® cup dispensers are the only dispensers you
(stainless
will need for a variety of paper, plastic and foam cups ranging from 8 oz. to 44 oz. finish)
SLR-2 cup dispensers utilize an interchangeable silicone baffle gasket system.
These dispensers are designed for cups and containers with rim diameters
ranging from 3" – 41⁄2".
SLR-2L 28" UNDER COUNTER LENGTH
DISPENSE-RITE’s interchangeable baffle system combined with a calibrated

compression spring ensures one at a time dispensing in horizontal, angled or Under Counter Bracket
One-Size-Fits-All 8 oz. to 44 oz.
vertical mounting positions. Innovative design allows the baffle to be replaced Dimensions
without removing from the counter. Quality ABS plastic construction with a HxWxD
71⁄8" x 6" x 153⁄4"
no-jam design provides years of dispensing reliability.
The integrated mounting collar fully supports the dispenser in horizontal, angled RING BEZEL DIAMETER
or vertical mounting positions; no additional support is necessary. Optional silver The SLR-2 dispenser SIZE-RITE
accommodates a
satin ring bezels are available. All models are NSF listed.
variety of cup sizes MODEL APPROX CUP SIZE
ranging from The optional STL-2-SMB wire
• Above models include multiple silicone baffles and are for use with the cup diameter MOUNTING HOLE
SLR-2 8 oz. to 44 oz.
8 oz. to 44 oz. surface mount bracket mounts to
range listed. NOTE: Ounce capacities are provided for reference only. Always verify CUT OUT Always verify cup SLR-2S 8 oz. to 44 oz. any flat surface or wire shelf and allows
cup rim diameter prior to ordering. SLR-2L 8 oz. to 44 oz.
rim diameter prior you to mount a SLR-2 cup dispenser in
• Above models ship with 2 different compression springs "F " & "P". to ordering. horizontal, vertical or angled positions.
See chart on page 13 for details. Maximum counter lip is 1/2".
12 1.800.772.2877 www.dispense-rite.com 13 fax 847.753.9648

E31 - CUP DISPENSER
DISPENSE-RITE ® ��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
��
�� %)/5$66 %)/5$66 6/55%/.

HD HD HD ��
5LP'LDµWRµ 5LP'LDµWRµ 5LP'LDµWRµ
�� %)/7+80% %)/7+80% 1RW$SSOLFDEOH 3DUW1R;5%60 3DUW1R;5%0' 3DUW1R;5%/*
HD HD
�� $'-0 $'-0 6/50
HD HD HD
�� $'-3 $'-3 $'-3
HD HD HD ��
5LP'LDµWRµ 5LP'LDµWRµ)RDP&XSV
�� ´)µ6´3µ6 ´)µ´3µ ´)µ6´3µ6 3DUW1R;5%;/ 3DUW1R;5%;/)
HD HD HD ��

�� $'-&3 $'-&3 $'-&3
HD HD HD
�� 67/
HD HD HD
�� ;5%60;5%0' ;5%;/;5%;/ 6/5%606/5%0' ��
5LP'LDµWRµ
5LP'LDµWRµ 5LP'LDµWRµ
;5%/*;5%;/ ;5%-0 6/5%/*6/5%;/ 3DUW1R6/5%60 3DUW1R6/5%0' 3DUW1R6/5%/*
;5%;/) HD 6/5%;/)
HD DERYHEDIÁHVQRWVKRZQLQGLDJUDP HD
�� 10/2013
DISPENSE-RITE ® ��

5LP'LDµWRµ
��
5LP'LDµWRµ)RDP&XSV
'LYHUVLÀHG0HWDO3URGXFWV,QF&DUOVRQ'ULYH1RUWKEURRN,/ID[ 3DUW1R6/5%;/ 3DUW1R6/5%;/)

E33 - PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
SURFACE-MOUNTED
PAPER TOWEL
DISPENSER
B-2621
Technical Data
Finish Face of Wall

10-13/16"
275mm
7-1/2" 3-15/16"
190mm 100mm
S S
Knob Latch
Recommended Mounting Height Off Floor

S 7-1/8"
180mm
Door
58" to 62" 1475 to 1575mm
For Barrier-Free Design

3-1/2"
90mm
47'' 1195mm
S
2"
50mm
MATERIALS:
Cabinet — 18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel. All-welded construction. Exposed surfaces
have satin finish. Towel tray has hemmed opening to dispense paper towels without tearing.
Door — 18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish. Secured to cabinet with a full-length stainless
steel piano-hinge. Equipped with a knob latch.
Optional: Order Bobrick Part No. 262-130 TowelMate™ available as on optional accessory. TowelMate accessory allows for
paper towels to dispense one at a time without bulging, sagging or falling through the towel tray opening. TowelMate fits
Gamco and most manufacturers' similar models.
OPERATION:
Unit dispenses C-fold and multifold paper towels 3-1/8" to 3-13/16" (79–97mm) deep. Slots in sides of cabinet indicate refill
time. Capacity: 200 C-fold or 275 multifold paper towels. To dispense narrower towels 2-1/2" to 3-1/8" (64–79mm) deep, order
optional TowelMate accessory Bobrick Part No. 262-130.
INSTALLATION:
Mount unit on wall with four #10 x 1-1/4" (4.8 x 32mm) sheet-metal screws (not furnished) at points indicated by an S. For
plaster or dry wall construction, provide concealed backing to comply with local building codes, then secure unit with sheet-
metal screws. For other wall surfaces, provide fiber plugs or expansion shields for use with sheet-metal screws, or provide 1/8"
(3mm) toggle bolts or expansion bolts.
SPECIFICATION:
Surface-mounted paper towel dispenser shall be type-304 stainless steel with all-welded construction; exposed surfaces shall
have satin finish. Door shall be secured to cabinet with a full-length stainless steel piano-hinge and equipped with a knob latch.
Paper towel tray shall have hemmed opening to dispense paper towels without tearing. Unit shall be capable of dispensing 200
C-fold or 275 multifold paper towel measuring 3-1/8" to 3-13/16" (79 to 97mm) deep. Narrower paper towels 2-1/2" to 3-1/8"
(65 to 79mm) deep may be efficiently dispensed with the use of an optional TowelMate accessory, Bobrick Part No. 262-130.
TowelMate accessory allows for paper towels to dispense one at a time without bulging, sagging or falling through the towel
tray opening.
Surface-Mounted Paper Towel Dispenser shall be Model B-2621 of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.,
Clifton Park, New York; Jackson, Tennessee; Los Angeles, California; Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company,
Scarborough, Ontario; Bobrick Washroom Equipment Pty. Ltd., Australia; and Bobrick Washroom Equipment
Limited, United Kingdom.
The illustrations and descriptions herein are applicable to production as of the date of this Technical Data Sheet. Rev. 7/1/10 R/B, S/C Printed in U.S.A.
The manufacturer reserves the right to, and does from time to time, make changes and improvements in designs and dimensions. © 2010 by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.

& Tea, userights
E34A - HAND WASH ONLY SIGN E34B - EMPLOYEE MUST WASH SIGN
Update International S39-32BK "Employees Must Wash Hands…" Signs - 9" x 3"
Item: "Hand Wash Only" Signs - 9" x 3" Item: "Employees Must Wash Hands…" Signs - 9" x 3"
Item Number: S39-32BK Item Number: S39-25BK
Description: Description:
White on black. Signs mount easily with self adhesive backing. White on black. Signs mount easily with self adhesive backing.
Specifications: Specifications:
Size: 9" x 3"
Size: 9" x 3"
Type: Signage
Dimensions - H x W: 3" x 9"
Type: Signage
Carton: 12 Dimensions - H x W: 3" x 9"
Sold in Units of: 1 Carton: 12
Sold in Units of: 1
Back

& Tea, userights
E35 - CONVEYOR TOASTER
FEATURES
A Conveyor Speed Control Knob
B Power Knob
C Full Power - Maximum heat
D
Off
Operator’s Manual E
Standby - Reduces electrical consumption by 75%.
A C Heat Shield - Swings open on the high-clearance toasters
B F D Feed Ramp
Conveyor Bagel and Bun Toasters G E

F
Crumb Tray
Toggle Switch - Switches between heat modes
Models JT1B, JT1BH Front View Back View H Top - Toasts both sides
Thank you for purchasing this Vollrath equipment. Before operating the Top-Bottom - Toasts the top side, warms the bottom side
equipment, read and familiarize yourself with the following operating G Collection Pan
and safety instructions. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE H Reset Button
REFERENCE. Save the original box and packaging. Use this packaging
to ship the equipment if repairs are needed.
OPERATION
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS If Bread Becomes Stuck
1. Rotate the power knob to the OFF position (O) and unplug the
CAUTION toaster.
To ensure safe operation, read the following statements and understand
Burn Hazard 2. Let the toaster cool completely.
their meaning. This manual contains safety precautions which are
explained below. Please read carefully. Do not touch the equipment while it is heating or operating. 3. Use a tong to remove the bread item. Take care to not bump the
Hot surfaces can burn skin. glass heating elements above and below the conveyor.
NOTICE: The crumb tray must be installed in the toaster during
operation. Failure to install the crumb tray will cause the
WARNING toaster to overheat.
Warning is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that will or can CLEANING
cause severe personal injury or death.
Tips
Bread Product Suggestions
CAUTION Bagels, wheat or rye bread or Use a slower conveyor speed. WARNING
Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that will or can products with high moisture content Electrical Shock Hazard
cause minor or major personal injury if the caution is ignored. Buttered or coated, such as pastries Not recommended. Do not spray water or cleaning products. Liquid could contact
Item No. Model Description Frozen Must be thawed before toasting. the electrical components and cause a short circuit or an
NOTICE: Notice is used to note information that is important but not CT2B-120500 JT1B Bagel/bun toaster, 120V, 500 slices per hour electrical shock.
hazard-related. CT2BH-120400 JT1BH Bagel/bun toaster, 120V, 400 slices per hour, Preheat
To reduce risk of injury or damage to the equipment
high clearance 1. Plug the toaster into a grounded electrical outlet that matches the
rating on the name plate found on the back of the toaster.
CAUTION
• Plug only into grounded electrical outlets matching the voltage on Burn Hazard
NOTICE: Using a voltage other than the nameplate rated voltage
the rating plate. Allow equipment to cool before moving or cleaning.
• Use this equipment in a flat, level position.
CLEARANCE AND ENVIRONMENT REQUIREMENTS will cause damage to the unit. Incorrect voltage,
modification to the power cord or electrical components
• Unplug equipment and let it cool before cleaning or moving. can damage unit and will void the warranty. NOTICE: Do not use abrasive materials, scratching cleansers or
Do not place on surfaces or near walls, partitions or kitchen furniture souring pads to clean the exterior of the equipment. These
Equipment remains hot after it is turned off. unless they are made of non-combustible material or clad with non- can damage the finish.
2. Rotate the power knob to the full power position (I).
• Do not touch during operation. Unplug when not in use. combustible heat-insulating material. Toasters must not be used near
• Keep equipment and power cord away from open flames, electric or below curtains and other combustible materials. 3. Flip the toggle switch to appropriate setting, Top or Top-Bottom. NOTICE: Do not spray the controls or outside of equipment with
liquids or cleaning agents.
burners or excessive heat. Do not place the toaster adjacent to a heat producing appliance. 4. Set the conveyor speed control knob to 7.
• Do not operate unattended. 5. Wait 5 minutes for the toaster to preheat.
• Closely supervise equipment operating in public areas and/or Daily Cleaning
around children. 1. Rotate the power knob to the OFF position (O) and unplug the
Test
• Do not operate if equipment has been damaged or is malfunctioning BEFORE FIRST USE toaster.
1. Adjust the settings for the product to be toasted. Test the settings by 2. Let the toaster cool completely.
in any way.
placing a sample of the bread items to be toasted onto the feed
1. Clean the toaster. See “Daily Cleaning” on page 2. ramp. Place bagels or buns with the cut side facing up. 3. Slightly dampen a soft cloth with warm water.
2. Insert the crumb tray. Make sure the feed ramp is placed in the up 2. Evaluate the results. 4. Use the dampened cloth to clean the exterior of the toaster, the air
position. intake under the toaster, the feed ramp, crumb tray and collection
FUNCTION AND PURPOSE Toast tray.
This equipment is intended to toast bread products. It is intended for 1. Adjust the conveyor speed as needed to achieve desired browning. 5. Press and hold an abrasive pad or brush against the conveyor. Move
use in commercial foodservice operations only. It is not intended for the pad or brush back and forth (left to right) across the conveyor to
• Toast too light: Rotate the speed control knob to a lower number
household, industrial or laboratory use. remove food debris.
to reduce the speed and darken the toast.
• Toast too dark: Rotate the speed control knob to a higher number
to increase the speed control and lighten the toast. PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
2. For best performance do not overload the toaster. Wait a few
seconds before loading a second row of bread products into the Contact an authorized service agent for a professional cleaning of the
toaster. components.
Register your product at Vollrath.com/registration and become eligible to win a free 10" Vollrath Tribute® fry pan.
© 2017 The Vollrath Company L.L.C. Part No. 350802-1 en 8/23/17 2 Conveyor Bagel and Bun Toasters Operator’s Manual – Models JT1B and JT1BH

E36 A - KNOCK BOX CHUTE E36 B - KNOCK BOX CLOSED
Rattleware Knockbox: 6”x 5.5” x 4” Rattleware Knockbox: 6”x 5.5” x 4”

Rattleware RW25‐102 Open Bottom Knock Box Chute
RW25-102 Open Bottom RW_25110 Closed Bottom

Knock Chute, 6inx5.5inx4in
Open bottom knock chutes allow for under counter grounds disposal. All knock chutes are made from heavy
duty stainless steel featuring a welded metal bar for strong sides. Each knock chute has a replaceable
rubber bar cover and an edge gasket made of molded rubber. Knock chutes are designed for commercial
use.
Optional splash guard helps keep grounds in the knock chute and your counter clean. Sold separately (item
#25501)
Replacement rubber bar covers sold separately (item #25901)
Knock Chute cut out dimensions are 5 7/16" x 5 15/16" (the gasket adds .5" of length). These are the
interior dimensions. We recommend that you receive the product and measure before cutting your counter.


& Tea, userights
E37 A - REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR
AIA #
TRUE FOOD SERVICE Project Name: Models: TG Specification Series:
TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE Reach-In Solid Door
EQUIPMENT, INC. Location: TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE Refrigerators
SIS #
Item #: Qty:
'BY
t5PMM'SFF
t*OUM'BY
STANDARD FEATURES
1BSUT%FQU
536&t1BSUT%FQU'BY
tXXXUSVFNGHDPN Model #: DESIGN t 'SBNFSBJMmUUFEXJUI1/2" (89 mm) diameter MODEL FEATURES
t 5SVFTTPMJEEPPSSFBDIJOTBSFEFTJHOFEXJUI castors welded to separate rail assemblies and t &YUFSJPSEJHJUBMUFNQFSBUVSFEJTQMBZ BWBJMBCMF
Models: TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE TG Specification Series: enduring quality that protects your long term bolted to frame - locks provided on front set. with either °F or °C.
investment. t &WBQPSBUPSFQPYZDPBUFEUPFMJNJOBUFUIF
TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE Reach-In Solid Door Refrigerators t %FTJHOFEVTJOHUIFIJHIFTURVBMJUZNBUFSJBMT
DOORS
potential of corrosion.
t TFSJFTTUBJOMFTTTUFFMFYUFSJPS%PPSTPQFO
and components to provide the user with colder within cabinet dimension. Door locks standard. t /4'DPNQMJBOUGPSPQFOGPPEQSPEVDU
product temperatures, lower utility costs and t -JGFUJNFHVBSBOUFFESFDFTTFEEPPSIBOEMFT
exceptional food safety. Each door fitted with 12" (305 mm) long ELECTRICAL
Designed using the highest REFRIGERATION SYSTEM recessed handle that is foamed-in-place with t 6OJUDPNQMFUFMZQSFXJSFEBUGBDUPSZBOESFBEZ
quality materials and t 'BDUPSZFOHJOFFSFE TFMGDPOUBJOFE DBQJMMBSZ a sheet metal interlock to ensure permanent for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase - 15 amp
components to provide the tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC attachment. dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included.
user with colder product free) 134A refrigerant. t 1PTJUJWFTFBMTFMGDMPTJOHEPPS-JGFUJNF
115/60/1
temperatures, lower utility costs t &YUSBMBSHFFWBQPSBUPSDPJMCBMBODFEXJUIIJHIFS guaranteed door hinges and torsion type closure
horsepower compressor and large condenser system.
NEMA-5-15R
and exceptional food safety.
maintains cabinet temperatures of 33°F to 38°F t .BHOFUJDEPPSHBTLFUTPGPOFQJFDFDPOTUSVDUJPO
Oversized, factory balanced, (.5°C to 3.3°C) for the best in food preservation. removable without tools for ease of cleaning.
refrigeration system holds 33°F t 4FBMFE DBTUJSPO TFMGMVCSJDBUJOHFWBQPSBUPSGBO SHELVING
to 38°F (.5°C to 3.3°C) for the motor(s) and larger fan blades give True reach- t 5(34 5(34-)'PVS
BEKVTUBCMF FYUSB
best in food preservation. JOTBNPSFFGmDJFOUMPXWFMPDJUZ IJHIWPMVNF heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves 25"L x
airflow design. This unique design insures faster 2813/16"D (635 mm x 732 mm).
temperature recovery and shorter run times in SHELVING INSTALLATION INCREMENTS
300 series stainless steel exterior t 5(34&JHIU
BEKVTUBCMF FYUSBIFBWZEVUZ See Diagram Below
doors and rainshield. Anodized the busiest of food service environments. PVC coated wire shelves 231/2"L x 2813/16"D
t 5PQNPVOUFESFGSJHFSBUJPOTZTUFNXJUI Starting at the bottom of the cabinet place the
quality aluminum exterior sides, (597 mm x 732 mm).
evaporator position out of food zone to t 'PVS
DISPNFQMBUFETIFMGDMJQTJODMVEFEQFS UPQPGFBDITIFMGDMJQJOUPUIFGPMMPXJOHIPMFT
back and bottom. maximize interior capacity. shelf. Clip #1 Hole 14 – this allows 13" (331 mm)
t )PUHBTDPOEFOTBUFGPSFOFSHZFGmDJFODZ
NSF approved, white aluminum t 4IFMGTVQQPSUQJMBTUFSTXJUIEPVCMFPCMPOHIPMFT from floor of cabinet to the top of
t (MBTTDPOEFOTBUFQBOUPQSFWFOUFMFDUSPMZTJT shelves adjustable on 1/2" (13 mm) increments.
interior sides and back liner. this shelf.
TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE 300 series stainless steel door CABINET CONSTRUCTION Pilasters made of same material as cabinet
t &YUFSJPSTFSJFTTUBJOMFTTTUFFMEPPSTBOE interior. Clip #2 Hole 38 – this allows 12" (305 mm)
liner and floor with coved from the top of the shelf below to
rainshield. Anodized quality aluminum sides,
corners. LIGHTING the top of this shelf.
back and bottom. t *ODBOEFTDFOUJOUFSJPSMJHIUJOHBDUJWBUFECZ
Adjustable, heavy duty PVC t *OUFSJPSBUUSBDUJWF /4'BQQSPWFE XIJUF rocker switch mounted above doors, safety Clip #3 Hole 62 – this allows 12" (305 mm)
aluminum liner. 300 series stainless floor with from the top of the shelf below to
coated shelves. Shelving shielded.
coved corners. the top of this shelf.
installation diagram on back. t *OTVMBUJPOFOUJSFDBCJOFUTUSVDUVSFBOETPMJE
doors are foamed-in-place using high density, Clip #4 Hole 86 – this allows 12" (305 mm)
Positive seal self-closing doors. from the top of the shelf below to
CFC free, polyurethane insulation.
Lifetime guaranteed door hinges t 8FMEFE IFBWZEVUZHBMWBOJ[FEGSBNFSBJM the top of this shelf and 12" (305 mm)
and torsion type closure system. dipped in rust inhibiting enamel paint for from the top of this shelf to the
corrosion protection inside and out. ceiling of the cabinet.
Lifetime guaranteed recessed Ceiling
TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE door handles. of
Entire cabinet structure and

PLAN VIEW 513/8" 12"
Cabinet
29" (1305 mm) (305 mm)
solid doors are foamed-in-place (737 mm)
using high density, CFC free, P Clip #4

L goes in
polyurethane insulation. A 345/8"
N (880 mm)
Hole 86
6111/32" 12"
Castor rail frame TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE V (1559 mm) (305 mm)
assembly. I
E Clip #3
W goes in
2623/32"
(679 mm) Hole 62
ROUGH-IN DATA Specifications subject to change without notice. 12"
Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE (305 mm)
Dimensions are the same for both single door models.
Clip #2
goes in
Cabinet Dimensions Cord Crated E
Hole 38
(inches) L
Capacity NEMA Length Weight E 12"
Model Doors (Cu. Ft.) Shelves L D H* HP Voltage Amps Config. (total ft.) (lbs.) V (305 mm)
A
TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE 1 31 4 29 345/8 781/4 1 /3 115/60/1 8.5 5-15P 9 370 T Clip #1
I goes in
TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE 1 31 4 29 345/8 781/4 1 /3 115/60/1 8.5 5-15P 9 370 O Height
Hole 14
N dimensions
TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE 2 56 8 513/8 345/8 781/4 1 /2 115/60/1 10.0 5-15P 9 650 13"
are the
* Height does not include 41/4" (108 mm) for castors and 1/4" (7 mm) for system mechanical components. (331 mm)
same for
all models Floor of
shown. Cabinet
TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE
TRUE REFRIGERATION® APPROVALS: AVAILABLE AT:
MADE IN WARRANTY METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER
U.S.A.
SINCE 1945 Three year warranty on all parts & labor and an additional 2 year
warranty on compressor.(U.S.A. only) SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
t'BY
t5PMM'SFF
t*OUM'BY
tXXXUSVFNGHDPN

E37 B - REACH-IN REFRIGERATOR (HINDGE PER PLAN)
AIA #
TRUE FOOD SERVICE Project Name: Models: TG Specification Series:
TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE Reach-In Solid Door
EQUIPMENT, INC. Location: TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE Refrigerators
SIS #
Item #: Qty:
'BY
t5PMM'SFF
t*OUM'BY
STANDARD FEATURES
1BSUT%FQU
536&t1BSUT%FQU'BY
tXXXUSVFNGHDPN Model #: DESIGN t 'SBNFSBJMmUUFEXJUI1/2" (89 mm) diameter MODEL FEATURES
t 5SVFTTPMJEEPPSSFBDIJOTBSFEFTJHOFEXJUI castors welded to separate rail assemblies and t &YUFSJPSEJHJUBMUFNQFSBUVSFEJTQMBZ BWBJMBCMF
Models: TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE TG Specification Series: enduring quality that protects your long term bolted to frame - locks provided on front set. with either °F or °C.
investment. t &WBQPSBUPSFQPYZDPBUFEUPFMJNJOBUFUIF
TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE Reach-In Solid Door Refrigerators t %FTJHOFEVTJOHUIFIJHIFTURVBMJUZNBUFSJBMT
DOORS
potential of corrosion.
t TFSJFTTUBJOMFTTTUFFMFYUFSJPS%PPSTPQFO
and components to provide the user with colder within cabinet dimension. Door locks standard. t /4'DPNQMJBOUGPSPQFOGPPEQSPEVDU
product temperatures, lower utility costs and t -JGFUJNFHVBSBOUFFESFDFTTFEEPPSIBOEMFT
exceptional food safety. Each door fitted with 12" (305 mm) long ELECTRICAL
Designed using the highest REFRIGERATION SYSTEM recessed handle that is foamed-in-place with t 6OJUDPNQMFUFMZQSFXJSFEBUGBDUPSZBOESFBEZ
quality materials and t 'BDUPSZFOHJOFFSFE TFMGDPOUBJOFE DBQJMMBSZ a sheet metal interlock to ensure permanent for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase - 15 amp
components to provide the tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC attachment. dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included.
user with colder product free) 134A refrigerant. t 1PTJUJWFTFBMTFMGDMPTJOHEPPS-JGFUJNF
115/60/1
temperatures, lower utility costs t &YUSBMBSHFFWBQPSBUPSDPJMCBMBODFEXJUIIJHIFS guaranteed door hinges and torsion type closure
horsepower compressor and large condenser system.
NEMA-5-15R
and exceptional food safety.
maintains cabinet temperatures of 33°F to 38°F t .BHOFUJDEPPSHBTLFUTPGPOFQJFDFDPOTUSVDUJPO
Oversized, factory balanced, (.5°C to 3.3°C) for the best in food preservation. removable without tools for ease of cleaning.
refrigeration system holds 33°F t 4FBMFE DBTUJSPO TFMGMVCSJDBUJOHFWBQPSBUPSGBO SHELVING
to 38°F (.5°C to 3.3°C) for the motor(s) and larger fan blades give True reach- t 5(34 5(34-)'PVS
BEKVTUBCMF FYUSB
best in food preservation. JOTBNPSFFGmDJFOUMPXWFMPDJUZ IJHIWPMVNF heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves 25"L x
airflow design. This unique design insures faster 2813/16"D (635 mm x 732 mm).
temperature recovery and shorter run times in SHELVING INSTALLATION INCREMENTS
300 series stainless steel exterior t 5(34&JHIU
BEKVTUBCMF FYUSBIFBWZEVUZ See Diagram Below
doors and rainshield. Anodized the busiest of food service environments. PVC coated wire shelves 231/2"L x 2813/16"D
t 5PQNPVOUFESFGSJHFSBUJPOTZTUFNXJUI Starting at the bottom of the cabinet place the
quality aluminum exterior sides, (597 mm x 732 mm).
evaporator position out of food zone to t 'PVS
DISPNFQMBUFETIFMGDMJQTJODMVEFEQFS UPQPGFBDITIFMGDMJQJOUPUIFGPMMPXJOHIPMFT
back and bottom. maximize interior capacity. shelf. Clip #1 Hole 14 – this allows 13" (331 mm)
t )PUHBTDPOEFOTBUFGPSFOFSHZFGmDJFODZ
NSF approved, white aluminum t 4IFMGTVQQPSUQJMBTUFSTXJUIEPVCMFPCMPOHIPMFT from floor of cabinet to the top of
t (MBTTDPOEFOTBUFQBOUPQSFWFOUFMFDUSPMZTJT shelves adjustable on 1/2" (13 mm) increments.
interior sides and back liner. this shelf.
TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE 300 series stainless steel door CABINET CONSTRUCTION Pilasters made of same material as cabinet
t &YUFSJPSTFSJFTTUBJOMFTTTUFFMEPPSTBOE interior. Clip #2 Hole 38 – this allows 12" (305 mm)
liner and floor with coved from the top of the shelf below to
rainshield. Anodized quality aluminum sides,
corners. LIGHTING the top of this shelf.
back and bottom. t *ODBOEFTDFOUJOUFSJPSMJHIUJOHBDUJWBUFECZ
Adjustable, heavy duty PVC t *OUFSJPSBUUSBDUJWF /4'BQQSPWFE XIJUF rocker switch mounted above doors, safety Clip #3 Hole 62 – this allows 12" (305 mm)
aluminum liner. 300 series stainless floor with from the top of the shelf below to
coated shelves. Shelving shielded.
coved corners. the top of this shelf.
installation diagram on back. t *OTVMBUJPOFOUJSFDBCJOFUTUSVDUVSFBOETPMJE
doors are foamed-in-place using high density, Clip #4 Hole 86 – this allows 12" (305 mm)
Positive seal self-closing doors. from the top of the shelf below to
CFC free, polyurethane insulation.
Lifetime guaranteed door hinges t 8FMEFE IFBWZEVUZHBMWBOJ[FEGSBNFSBJM the top of this shelf and 12" (305 mm)
and torsion type closure system. dipped in rust inhibiting enamel paint for from the top of this shelf to the
corrosion protection inside and out. ceiling of the cabinet.
Lifetime guaranteed recessed Ceiling
TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE door handles. of
Entire cabinet structure and

PLAN VIEW 513/8" 12"
Cabinet
29" (1305 mm) (305 mm)
solid doors are foamed-in-place (737 mm)
using high density, CFC free, P Clip #4

L goes in
polyurethane insulation. A 345/8"
N (880 mm)
Hole 86
6111/32" 12"
Castor rail frame TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE V (1559 mm) (305 mm)
assembly. I
E Clip #3
W goes in
2623/32"
(679 mm) Hole 62
ROUGH-IN DATA Specifications subject to change without notice. 12"
Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE (305 mm)
Dimensions are the same for both single door models.
Clip #2
goes in
Cabinet Dimensions Cord Crated E
Hole 38
(inches) L
Capacity NEMA Length Weight E 12"
Model Doors (Cu. Ft.) Shelves L D H* HP Voltage Amps Config. (total ft.) (lbs.) V (305 mm)
A
TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE 1 31 4 29 345/8 781/4 1 /3 115/60/1 8.5 5-15P 9 370 T Clip #1
I goes in
TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE 1 31 4 29 345/8 781/4 1 /3 115/60/1 8.5 5-15P 9 370 O Height
Hole 14
N dimensions
TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE 2 56 8 513/8 345/8 781/4 1 /2 115/60/1 10.0 5-15P 9 650 13"
are the
* Height does not include 41/4" (108 mm) for castors and 1/4" (7 mm) for system mechanical components. (331 mm)
same for
all models Floor of
shown. Cabinet
TG1R-1S MKSTORAGE TG1R-1SLH MKSTORAGE TG2R-2S MKSTORAGE
TRUE REFRIGERATION® APPROVALS: AVAILABLE AT:
MADE IN WARRANTY METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER
U.S.A.
SINCE 1945 Three year warranty on all parts & labor and an additional 2 year
warranty on compressor.(U.S.A. only) SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
t'BY
t5PMM'SFF
t*OUM'BY
tXXXUSVFNGHDPN

E38A - POWDER HOLDER HOT BAR E38B - POWDER HOLDER COLD BAR
Pronto
Products
CRPN0317
Speed Rail Rack
For over 50 years, Pronto has manufactured Specifications
products for the foodservice industry. Our P/N: CRPN0317
experience developingracks and other products Material: Plain Steel
for top restaurant chains has provided us with Finish: Nickel & Chrome
the insights needed to build reliable and lasting 5 Year Limited Warranty
products.
The combination of high quality materials and 11765 Goldring Rd,

Arcadia, CA 91006
craftsmen level workmanship ensure that our
(800) 377 -6680
products will meet the demands of restaurants
everywhere. [email protected]
That’s why top restaurant chains put their trust

in P r o n t o !
20
23
22
w w w. P r o n t o P r o d u c t s . c o m
© 2021 International Coffee Coffee

© 2015 International & Tea,&LLC. All rights
Tea, LLC. reserved-
All rights reserved.
E39 - SAUCE RACK E41 - SPEED RAIL
Pronto Products
C R P N 0 0
Four Bottle Rack
2 2 5
products for the foodservice industry. Our P/N: CRPN00225
experience developing fry baskets and other Width: 5 ¼”
products for top restaurant chains has provided us Length: 21 ¾”
with the insights needed to build reliable and Height: 16”
lasting products.
Weight: 3.4 Lbs.
The combination of high quality materials and Material: Plain Steel
craftsmen level workmanship ensure that our Finish: Nickel & Chrome
products will meet the demands of restaurants 5 Year Limited Warranty
everywhere.
That’s why top restaurant chains put their trust in

Pronto!
16”
21 ¾”
11765 Goldring Road

Arcadia, CA 91006 5 ¼”
(800) 377-6680
[email protected]

SERVICE LINE GENERAL EQUIPMENT 54
& Tea, userights
E42 - MUSIC SYSTEM
Installation Instructions – Cloudcover Box

1. Locate the below device in BOH, which may also be inside the cage.
CSMA180 CSMA1120 CSMA240 CSMA280 CSMA2120

PowER outPut 80W 120W 40W 80W 120W
INPutS 4 4 8 8 8
OUTPUTS 1 1 2 2 2
INPut SENSItIVItY .775Vrms for 8Ω .775Vrms for 8Ω .775Vrms for 8Ω .775Vrms for 8Ω .775Vrms for 8Ω
PHANtoM PowER 27VDC 27VDC 27VDC 27VDC 27VDC
PRIoRItY MutING Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
CoNFIGuRABLE
No No Yes Yes Yes
outPut RoutING
100-240V, 100-240V, 100-240V, 100-240V, 100-240V,
AC LINE VoLtAGE
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIoNS
2. Unplug all the cords listed below from the unit. Unplug the power adapter. (HxwxD)
1.7” x 8.6” x 11.9”
(43.3mm x 218.5mm x 303.4mm)
1.7” x 8.6” x 11.9”
(43.3mm x 218.5mm x 303.4mm)
1.7” x 17.2” x 11.9”
(43.3mm x 436.9mm x 303.4mm)
1.7” x 17.2” x 11.9”
(43.3mm x 436.9mm x 303.4mm)
1.7” x 17.2” x 11.9”
(43.3mm x 436.9mm x 303.4mm)
SHIPPING wEIGHt 9.9 Lbs 10.1 Lbs 13.9 Lbs 15.2 Lbs 15.5 Lbs
(4.5 kg) (4.6 kg) (6.3 kg) (6.9 kg) (7.0 kg)
INCLuDED
Rack mounting kit Rack mounting kit Rack mounting kit Rack mounting kit Rack mounting kit
ACCESSoRIES
DriveCore™ Technology GreenEdge™ by HARMAN
Combining hundreds of parts into one Manufactured under HARMAN’s GreenEdge™

fingertip-sized chip, DriveCore provides: initiative, JBL Commercial mixer/amps:
• More operating efficiency and • Conform to lead-free RoHS standards

reliability by using fewer parts
• Use recycled copper, aluminum, and
• Significantly reduced power consumption steel from factory processes
• Greater accuracy and best-in-class • Are lighter in weight leading to less

signal-to-noise performance freight and reduced emissions
2. Set the unit and power adapter aside. • A proprietary hybrid analog-digital • Require less power and produce less heat
integrated circuit
• Include a low-energy powder coat that
uses 33% less energy
jblcommercialproducts.com
©2013 HARMAN. All rights reserved.
Specifications subject to change without
prior notice. Latest information available
at jblcommercialproducts.com
3. Open the CCM box and remove the new device and power adapter.

E43 - INTERIOR/ EXTERIOR AUDIO SPEAKER - BLACK FINISH
82238_JBL_Ctrl60PS_T_82238_JBL_Ctrl60PS_T 6/2/14 2:55 PM Page 1 82238_JBL_Ctrl60PS_T_82238_JBL_Ctrl60PS_T 6/2/14 2:55 PM Page 2
Control 60PS/T
®
Pendant Subwoofer
with Crossover Control 60PS/T 8” Pendant Sub-Woofer with Crossover
Professional Series
Frequency Response: Impedance:
Key Features: Full Space (4), suspended
High impact, 150 Watt direct radiating
pendant subwoofer with built-in passive 100 100
crossover for up to four satellite speakers.

200 mm (8 in) long-excursion driver. 90
Impedance (Ohms)
8 ohm (150 Watt) and 70V/100V (100 Watt)
operation. 80 10
Hanging hardware with 4.5 m (15 foot)

galvanized steel cable and easy to adjust 70
clamp.
Stylish design, available in black or 60
20 100 1000 10000 20000
1
20 100 1000 10000 20000
white (-WH). Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
UL listed (speaker and hanging cable
system).
Dimensions:
Applications:
The Control 60PS/T pendant subwoofer
loudspeaker provides bass extension and high
impact for high-fidelity sound systems in a Using 2 Control 62P
wide variety of applications including
restaurants, retail stores, music cafes, health
Specifications: Satellite Loudspeakers - +
Sat 3
- +
Sat 4
System:
clubs, theme bars, leisure venues, and other Frequency Range (-10 dB)1: 42 Hz – 350 Hz Ø333 - + - +
locations where full-range high fidelity Frequency Response (± 3 dB)1: 55 Hz – 125 Hz [ Ø13.1] Sat 1 Sat 2
foreground/background music systems are Power Capacity2: 300 Watts Continuous Program Power, 100 hrs
utilized. Featuring 150 Watt power handling 150 Watts Continuous Pink Noise, 100 hrs - + - +
Loop
- IN IN
Thru +
and low distortion, the long-excursion 200 mm Nominal Sensitivity (2.83V/1m): 88 dB
+ -
(8 in) low frequency driver features butyl Rated Maximum SPL: 107 dB @ 1 m (3.3 ft) average, 113 dB peak
rubber surround for well-damped, tight sound Rated Impedance: 8 ohms
quality and long-term reliability, and a Transformer Taps: 110W, 55W, 30W (& 15W@70V). Set via rotary tap-selector switch -
(70V/100V taps along with direct 8 setting) on top terminal panel
polypropylene-coated cone for humidity +
Transformer Insertion Loss: 0.98 dB @ 15W, 0.99 dB @ 30W, 0.94 dB @ 55W, 1.10 @ 110W
protection. The high-temperature 50 mm (2 in) Standalone Hookup: Connect to Input connector; built-in low-pass filter permanently engaged.
From Power Amplifier
voice coil and low-mass fiberglass coil former Loop Out in parallel with Input connector (pre low-pass filter) for
ensure good bass transient response and sending to additional speakers.
excellent stability under high power, high duty- Subwoofer-Satellite Hookup: For either two or four satellite speakers (not for one or three satellite
speakers). With two satellite speakers, must connect to Sat 1 and Sat 2
cycle, working conditions. terminals only (NC to Sat 3 and Sat 4 terminals). Satellite outputs high-
passed. Suggested satellite speakers include Control 62P (pendant),
The Control 60PS/T may be driven by itself Control 52 (surface-mount on-wall) and Control 42C (in-ceiling). Satellite
(or with other subwoofers) on an amplifier speakers to be low-Z type (8 to 16) regardless whether tap selector is
channel, sending it either a signal that has set to low-Z or 70V/100V. Loop Out in parallel with Input connector (pre Using Four Control 62P
low-pass filter) for sending to additional speakers.
been actively low-passed earlier in the signal Satellite Loudspeakers
Transducer: 200mm (8 in) polypropylene-coated paper cone with butyl rubber
chain via DSP or a full-range signal, utilizing surround, 50 mm (2 in) high-temperature copper voice coil, vented
+
fiberglass resin voice coil former. - + - +
the built-in passive 125 Hz low-pass filter. The -
Sat 3 Sat 4
Enclosure: -
[14.6]
[13.5]
included passive crossover also provides high-
370
343
Enclosure Material: High impact polystyrene +
passed satellite outputs for use with either two - + - +
Grille: Zinc-plated steel grille with powder-coat finish, foam backing (grille and Sat 1 Sat 2
or four satellite loudspeakers (not for one or grille backing are removable for painting)
three satellite speakers), resulting in a full- Environmental: Exceeds Mil Spec 810 for humidity, salt spray, temperature & UV. IP44 - + - +
range, wide-bandwidth, passively-crossed, capability per IEC 529 – splash-proof rating - IN IN Loop
Thru
+
mono subwoofer-satellite system. Using the Termination: Six removable locking 2-pin connectors with screw-down terminals.
+ -
Input, Loop Out, Sat 1, Sat 2, Sat 3, Sat 4. Max wire 12 AWG (2.5 mm2).
built-in passive crossover is best suited for Rubber terminal covers included.
satellite speakers with sensitivities in the 82 dB Suspension: Two identical suspension cable systems (one as main suspension cable -
to 86 dB (2.83V @ 1m) range, resulting in a and the other as safety cable), each consisting of 4.5 m (15 ft) long, 2
well-balanced overall frequency response. mm (0.077 in) high-tensile galvanized-steel wire rope suspension cable +
with spring-clips for clipping onto the loudspeaker bracket and Gripple™
brand adjustable-height cable fasteners for infinitely adjustable height. From Power Amplifier
A 100 Watt multi-tap, wide-bandwidth, low- Cable has SWL rating of 45 kg (99 lb). Dimensions in mm (in)
saturation transformer allows the speaker to be Safety Agency: Speaker listed per UL1480 (UEAY), transformer registered per UL1876. In
used on either a 70V/100V distributed speaker accordance with IEC60849/EN60849. Suspension system and Gripple®-
system or as a direct low-impedance 8 brand cable fastener listed per UL1598 and UL2239, TUV, and CSA Class
3426-01 & Class 3426-81.
speaker. If satellite speakers are used on the Dimensions: 333 mm (13.1 in) diameter, 344 mm (13.6 in) height to top of cabinet.
70V/100V settings, the satellite speakers should 369 mm (14.5 in) to top of suspension bracket.
be low-impedance (8 to 16 each). Net Weight: 7.6 kg (16.7 lb)
Shipping Weight: 17.6 kg (38.7 lbs) per pair-packed carton
A loop out connector is provided on the Included Accessories: Two suspension cable systems (see “suspension”, above), six removable
subwoofer for looping the full-range input locking 2-pin euro-block connectors, six rubber cover boots for euro-
signal to other loudspeakers or to other block connectors.
subwoofer/satellite systems. Rubber boot Optional Accessories: MTC-PC60 full top panel / terminal cover. Wire access holes in plastic
cover to be drilled by installer to suit the number and dimensions of
covers for each locking connector protect the wire. JBL Professional
terminals and the optional MTC-PC60 full-top Colors: Available in black or white (-WH). Paintable.
cover accessory adds additional terminal
8500 Balboa Boulevard, P.O. Box 2200
1
Full-space (suspended) Northridge, California 91329 U.S.A.
protection for when using outdoors. 2
Continuous Pink Noise rating is IEC-shaped pink noise with a 6 dB crest factor for 100 hours continuously. Continuous
Program power is conservative expression of the system’s ability to handle normal speech and music program material, © Copyright 2014 JBL Professional SS C60PST
and is defined as 3 dB above the Continuous Pink Noise Rating. CRP
www.jblpro.com 05/14
JBL continually engages in research related to product improvement. Changes introduced into existing products without
notice are an expression of that philosophy.

E43 - AUDIO SPEAKER (CONT’D)
Page: 93 - 16 Page: 93 - 17
& Tea, userights
E44 - AUDIO AMPLIFIER
Page: 93 - 11
& Tea, userights
E45 - POS SYSTEM E46 - CASH DRAWER
  
      
       
             
   
                
   
 
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS         
  
           
 
       
                

                 
      
   
  
        
                 
 
    
        

                 
 
       

  

        

   
 
      

   
    
             
 
           
                     
 
POS EQUIPMENT  
             
      
 
  
             
 44.2 x 46.7 x 11.7 cm 41.1 x 41.4 x 10.9 cm 46 x 17.2 x 10.2 cm
ITEM # Manufacturer Description  (17.4 x 18.4 x 4.6”) (16.2 x 16.3 x 4.3”) (18.1 x 6.8 x 4.01”)
        
NCR PID
   
Description Configuration Notes
BOZ61AV Hewlett Packard RP7 7800 Register
Base Models
  
2211471 Honeywell Xenon 1900 - barcode scanner 2186-6400-9090
 Black Metal Compact Cash Includes a 5 bill compartment and a 5 coin cup till,
      Drawer with U.S. till and six (6) keys.
2497201 Hewlett Packard ProLiant MicroServer - Turion II Neo
N40L 1.5 GHz   2186-6500-9090
  Black Metal Compact Cash Includes a 4 bill compartment and an 8 coin cup till,
N/A CAT5 Cables Assorted Sizes    Drawer with Euro/Canada till and six (6) keys.

2782930 Acer V173 DJOb -LCD monitor - 17"       
2186-7400-9090 Beige Metal Compact Cash Includes a beige painted face with slip slots
141956 NETGEAR FS108 8-Port Fast Ethernet Switch
Drawer with U.S. till includes a 5 bill compartment and a 5 coin cup till,
1997926 Hewlett Packard Laserjet m1212nf mfp and six (6) keys.
411422 TrippLite 10' USB A/B Cable 2186-7500-9090 Beige Metal Compact Cash Includes a beige painted face with slip slots
Drawer with Euro/Canada till includes a 4 bill compartment and an 8 coin cup till,
2862164 Lenovo M92p 2988 i5 3.2ghz and six (6) keys.
400011 Logic Controls KB1700B-BK Bump Bar
400015 Logic Controls LS6000 I/O Unit

   

E47A - RECEIPT PRINTER
Technical Specifications
I AM REALPOS • Fixed thermal print head, 203 dots per inch CHARACTER SETS
THERMAL RECEIPT •
•
•
Print speed: up to 90 lines per second
(12” per second, 300mm per second)
Rotary knife
Supports both 80mm and 58mm media rolls
•
•
•
437 US English
850 Multilingual (Latin I)
852 Slavic
PRINTER 7197
Series II Printer
•
•
•
Single cash drawer connector supporting one
to two drawers
Two-color printing option
“Paper low” and “paper out” sensors
•
•
•
•
858 Multilingual with Euro Symbol
860 Portuguese
862 Hebrew
863 French Canadian
• Thermal print head failure detection • 864, 1256 Arabic
• Low power consumption modes • 865 Nordic
• Vertical mounting option • 866 Cyrillic
• Customizable logos and characters set in RAM • 874 Thailand
• Auto speed adjustment for smoother printing • 1252 Windows Latin I
• Unicode mode support (UTF-16) • Katakana
• 932 Japanese Kanji
• 936 Simple Chinese
COLUMNS PER LINE AND CHARACTER PITCH (80mm paper) • 949 Korean
• 950 Traditional Chinese
• 44 @ 15.6 CPI (standard)
• 56 @ 20.3 CPI (compressed)
• 22 @ 7.8 CPI (standard double byte) BAR CODE GENERATION
• 28 @ 10.3 CPI (compressed Kanji double byte)
• GS1 DataBar (Omnidirectional/Truncated/Limited/
Expanded/Stacked), UPC-A, UPC-E, JAN 13 (EAN), JAN 8
COLUMNS PER LINE AND CHARACTER PITCH (58mm paper) (EAN), Code 39, Code 128, Interleaved 2 of 5, Codabar,
Code 93, PDF 417, QR Code
• 32 @ 15.6 CPI (standard)
• 42 @ 20.3 CPI (compressed)
• 17 @ 8.5 CPI (standard double byte) POWER REQUIREMENTS
• 21 @ 10.2 CPI (compressed kanji double byte)
• 24V powered USB
• Optional external 75-watt power supply
PRINT MODES
• Standard, compressed, double high, double width,

upside down, rotated, underline, scalable, bold,
superscript, italic, subscript, reverse print
For more information,

visit www.ncr.com, or email [email protected].

E47B - OLO PRINTER
TECHNICAL SPEC:
Product dimensions
145‎ x 195 x 148 mm (Width x Depth x Height)
Product weight
1.8 kg
Colour
Epson Dark Grey / Epson Cool White
Installation
horizontally, vertically with wall hanging bracket
Interface connectors
D.K.D. function (2 drivers)
Noise Level
Operation: 55 dB (A)
Humidity
Operation 10% - 90%, Storage 10% - 90%
Temperature
Operation 5° C - 45° C, Storage -10° C - 50° C

E48 - KVS MONITOR
TECHNICAL SPEC:
Maximum Resolution
(SXGA)1280 x 1024@75 Hz
Aspect Ratio
5:4
Response Time
5 ms
Color Supported
16.7 Million
Brightness
250 nit
Backlight
LED
Viewing Angles
170° Horizontal
160° Vertical
Panel Type
TN (Twisted Nematic Film)
Speakers
2x1W
Ports & Connectors

VGA
Power
13 W (ENERGY STAR® On)
Environmental Certification
EPEAT Gold, TCO
Colors
Black
Dimensions (W x H x D)
14.53” x 12.15” x 2.17”
14.5” x 15.5” x 7.5” (with stand)
Weight (Approximate)
4.8 lbs.
5.7 lbs. (with stand)

E49 - BUMP BAR
KB1700 SPECIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL PROGRAMMING THE KEYPAD
Weight without bracket 0.70lb (.31Kg) 1. Use the utility software supplied with keypad to program up to
Weight with bracket 1.40lbs (.63Kg) 119 alphanumeric characters per key. Utility program will write to
Dimension without bracket attached and read from computer disk memory.
Width 9.25in (23.5cm)
Features Height 2.86in (7.26cm)
2. Keypad supports special IBM 101 control keys (Shift, Ctrl, Alt,
Depth 1.13in (2.87cm)
Dimension with
w bracket attached F1 through F12, and the up/down/left/right arrow keys).
All 17 tactile keys are programmable, Width 9.25in (23.5cm)
Height 3.50in (8.89cm)
up to 119 characters per key with Depth 4.00in (10.16cm)
programmable inter-string delays Keys Stainless steel dome disks
Life cycle > 5 million tactile operations
program layout for multiple

Create prog
keypad programming utility ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR PINOUTS
Input voltage (from comp.) +5VDC J1 (RJ11 Female) to Computer

No programming accessory kit, TSR Current 25 ma. 1 Keyboard clock
program, or battery required 2 CPU data
3 No connection
ENVIRONMENTAL 4 Ground
High quality, stainless steel dome disk, 5 +5VDC
switches last more than 3 million cycles Operating temperature 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)
6 Chassis ground
Storage temperature -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C)
J2 (RJ11 Female) to 101 Keyboard
Data set includes all alphanumeric, Relative humidity
KB1700
1 Keyboard clock
Operating 85% max. non-condensing
control, function and optional Non-operating 90% max. non-condensing
2
3
Data
No connection
international output codes Vibration (10 to 55 Hz.) 4G’s
4 Ground
Shock 40G’s
5 +5VDC
6 Chassis ground
Internal beeper
Various legend sheet options available INTERFACES GENERAL INFORMATION
Keyboard emulation Standard Manual, programming cables, programming

USB (KB1700) software, and mounting bracket supplied
Baud rate 9600
Parity None
Data Bit 8
CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT
Kitchen Bump Bar

The KB1700 is one of the most popular bump bars on the market today, built to withstand
the most demanding requirements of kitchen systems and other industrial applications.
The KB1700 is one of the easiest and most programmable bump bars on the market. Using
a powerful Windows-based programming utility that stores key definitions in a data file,
an integrator can create a program layout for multiple keypads, rather than programming
key by key, keypad by keypad. The KB1700’s I/O ports allow daisy-chaining of other input
devices. It provides either a PS/2 or USB output and supports true keyboard wedge
functions, operating
ope with or without a computer keyboard.
bematechus.com

E50A - KVS MONITOR POLE MOUNT
POINT- OF - SALE EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
Model 9189
Adjustable Through-Counter Mount
Model 9189
Specifications GROMMET HOLE
90°
1-13/16" minimum
his height-adjustable mount passes through the 45° Bolt circle grommet hole is
Ø 3.25" needed for pole
T counter. Integrated cable management keeps
cables safe and out of view. Three sizes provide height
to pass through
counter
(2-3/8" standard
adjustment ranging from 12" to 36". grommet hole is
also compatible)
Cable exit
2.298" opening
F E AT U R E S
1.149"
5 Supports monitors, signature capture devices, kiosks and more
5 Tube passes through counter
5 Pivot and turn monitor – lock monitor in place if desired
5 Internal cable routing – cables pass through counter, Bolt hole
remaining out of view Ø 0.257" 1.149"
5 Durable construction stands up to retail use and abuse clearance for
2.298"
5 Fast setup
1/4-20 screws
BOLT PATTERN
Bottom View of Mount
Max
height
36"
Max
height
24"
Max
height
Easily tilt monitor to desired angle Min 12" Min Min
height height height
4-1/8" 7" 4-1/8" 7" 4-1/8" 7"
4" 4" 4"
MODEL 9189-12 9189-24 9189-36

HEIGHT RANGE 7" - 12" 7" - 24" 7" - 36"
MONITOR WEIGHT Up to 25 lbs Up to 25 lbs Up to 25 lbs
Quickly adjust monitor height Keep cables safe and out of view with
Innovative’s integrated cable management
Reference dimensions; subject to change without notice. Consult IOP for latest information.
P h on e : 8 0 0.5 2 4 . 274 4 | F a x : 610. 2 5 3 .9 5 21 | E - m a il: s a l e s @ L C D a r m s .c o m | We b: w w w.L C D a r m s .c o m P h o n e : 8 0 0. 5 2 4 . 274 4 | F a x : 610. 2 5 3 . 9 5 21 | E - m a il: s a l e s @ L C D a r m s .c o m | We b: w w w.L C D a r m s .c o m

This product is protected by one or more of the following U.S. Patent Nos., and other United States and foreign patents applied for: 119,345, 119,346, 1,324,842, 2,470,525, 6,076,785, 6,273,383, 6,409,134, 6,478,274, 6,499,704, 6,505,988, 6,609,691, 619,606,
6,719,253, 6,726,167, 6,736,364, 6,783,105, 6,854,698, 6,915,994, 6,935,883, 6,955,328, 6,983,917, 6,986,489, 7,014,157, 7,017,874, 7,048,242, 7,059,574, 7,063,296, 7,066,433, 7,066,435, 7,389,965, 7,665,699, D435,852, D491,952, D492,893, D570,853, D575,293. LIT-1032 Rev B

& Tea, userights

E50A - KVS MONITOR POLE MOUNT (CONT’D)
9189
POS Telescoping Assembly
INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT OR DRAWING IS CONFIDENTIAL AND
THE PROPERTY OF INNOVATIVE OFFICE PRODUCTS, INC. THIS
DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED FOR ANY REASON WITHOUT
WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM INNOVATIVE OFFICE PRODUCTS, INC. ALL
RIGHTS OF DESIGN, INVENTION, AND COPYRIGHT RESERVED.
INNOVATIVE OFFICE PRODUCTS, INC.

100 Kuebler Road Easton, PA 18040
Voice - 610.253.9554 Fax - 610.253.9521 LCDarms.com

PublishedCoffee
March, 2021. For
© 2015 International & Tea, LLC. Allinternal use only.
rights reserved.
E50C - OLO PRINTER TRAY: POLE
Document Number 80421 PIS 1-of-5 Document Number 80421 PIS 2-of-5
Pole Mount with an 8" Arm and a Flat Printer Mounting Tray PN 80421
Pole Mount with an 8" Arm and a Flat Printer Mounting Tray PN 80421
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
General Features
 This wall mount can be used as a universal support system for Printers for Point of Sale / POS, Kitchen
Display Systems / KDS in commercial kitchens, retail, restaurants, offices, industry, shops, medical,
maritime, schools, laboratory and many other applications.
 This assembly supports up to 15 lbs.
Flat Printer Tray Features

 The interior dimensions of the Flat Printer Tray are 6½” Wide by 10¼” Long by 1” Deep.
 The 8” arm supporting the Printer Tray can be easily adjusted side to side and locked in any position at the
mounting surface with the five point hand knob; the position can also be permanently secured by tightening the
lock screw.
 The Flat Printer Tray position can be easily adjusted side to side and locked in any position at the end of the arm
with the five point hand knob under the tray; the position can also be permanently secured by turning the lock
screw on the bottom bracket of the tray into one of the holes in the end of the arm.
 The printer tray includes multiple tie points form adding cable ties to secure the extra cabling and power supply.
[email protected] WWW.PRACTICALQUALITYSYSTEMS.COM (818) 993-1022 [email protected] WWW.PRACTICALQUALITYSYSTEMS.COM (818) 993-1022
ALL PRODUCTS PATENT PENDING ALL PRODUCTS PATENT PENDING

E51A - KVS MONITOR WALL MOUNT
WALL MOUNT EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
Model 9110
LCD Wall Mount
Model 9110
Specifications
ang your flat panel on the wall to save 9110

H maximum space. Allows pivot and tilt.
Or, add optional extender arms to allow
45 lbs
max
3.15"
even greater flexibility and range.
4.06"
F E AT U R E S
5 Reposition the monitor with one hand– 9110-4
no knobs to turn.
5 Monitor pivots 90 degrees for portrait to 40 lbs
max
landscape viewing.
5 Tilt monitor up and down 30 degrees. 4.34"
5 Compatible with all VESA® monitors–includes

75mm and 100mm VESA ® mounting plates.
BOLT PATTERN
5 4" and 8" extension arms are available; can be 7.56"

1.44"
combined to increase extension up to 18".
9110-8.5
40 lbs
max
4.34"
4.0"
11.12" 2.58"
9110-8.5-4
Ø 0.25"
35 lbs
max
Monitor pivot ......................................Landscape to portrait

5.54" Monitor compatibility ..................VESA ® 75mm and 100mm
14.62"
9110-8.5-8.5
28 lbs
max
5.54"
Adjust monitor for preferred Add optional extender arms

18.18"
viewing angle to allow even greater flexibility and range
P h on e : 8 0 0.5 2 4 . 274 4 | F a x : 610. 2 5 3 .9 5 21 | E - m a il: s a l e s @ L C D a r m s .c o m | We b: w w w.L C D a r m s .c o m P h o n e : 8 0 0. 5 2 4 . 274 4 | F a x : 610. 2 5 3 . 9 5 21 | E - m a il: s a l e s @ L C D a r m s .c o m | We b: w w w.L C D a r m s .c o m

This product is protected by one or more of the following U.S. Patent Nos., and other United States and foreign patents applied for: 119,345, 119,346, 1,324,842, 2,470,525, 6,076,785, 6,273,383, 6,409,134, 6,478,274, 6,499,704, 6,505,988, 6,609,691, 619,606,
6,719,253, 6,726,167, 6,736,364, 6,783,105, 6,854,698, 6,915,994, 6,935,883, 6,955,328, 6,983,917, 6,986,489, 7,014,157, 7,017,874, 7,048,242, 7,059,574, 7,063,296, 7,066,433, 7,066,435, 7,389,965, 7,665,699, D435,852, D491,952, D492,893, D570,853, D575,293. LIT-1027 REV E

& Tea, userights

E51C - OLO PRINTER TRAY: WALL
Document Number 80002 PIS 1-of-6 Document Number 80002 PIS 2-of-6
Wall Mount with an 8” arm and a Flat Printer Tray PN 80002
Wall Mount with an 8” arm and a Flat Printer Tray PN 80002
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
General Features
 This wall mount can be used as a universal support system for Printers for Point of Sale / POS, Kitchen
Display Systems / KDS in commercial kitchens, retail, restaurants, offices, industry, shops, medical,
maritime, schools, laboratory and many other applications.
 All wall mounting systems can be ordered with an optional Stud Bridge Mounting Plate (PN 50546) that
can support multiple mounts and attaches across a pair of vertical wall studs spaced at 16" on center.
 This hardware and bracket assembly supports up to 15 lbs.
[email protected] WWW.PRACTICALQUALITYSYSTEMS.COM (818) 993-1022 [email protected] WWW.PRACTICALQUALITYSYSTEMS.COM (818) 993-1022
ALL PRODUCTS PATENT PENDING ALL PRODUCTS PATENT PENDING

E52 - PHONE & ANSWERING MACHINE
T
EE
EE
SH
SH
T
T
U
U
/C
/C
EC
EC
SP
SP
G
G
IN
IN
D
D
N
N
PE
PE
E53 - MOP SINK AND FAUCET
STAINLESS STEEL
FABRICATED SERVICE & MOP SINKS DIMENSIONS

TOL Overall: ± .500" ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL
Interior: ± .250"
9-OP-40DF Shown
Item #: Qty #:
SUGGESTED INSTALLATION 1"
10 2 12 1 "
Model #: 21"
2
25"
CL 9-OP-20 CL 9-OP-28
Project #: 9-OP-40 9-OP-48
25" 33"
FLOOR UNITS 9-OP-20:

9-OP-28:
16" x 20" x 6" Bowl with 10" Overall Height. Wt. 26 lbs.
20" x 28" x 6" Bowl with 10" Overall Height. Wt. 35 lbs.
FEATURES: 9-OP-40: 16" x 20" x12" Bowl with 16" Overall Height. Wt. 45 lbs.
9-OP-20 Shown Floor mounted unit eliminates the need of lifting heavy containers.
9-OP-48: 20" x 28" x 12" Bowl with 16" Overall Height. Wt. 63 lbs.
Tile edge furnished on the rear.
Bowls rectangular in design for increased capacity.
Notched Out Front Allows K-16 Free Flow Drain is included with each mop sink.
Ease of Emptying Mop Bucket
CONSTRUCTION: 1"
10 2 12 1 "
2
All TIG welded. 21" 25"
CL 9-OP-40DF CL 9-OP-48DF
Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces and to a satin finish.
MATERIAL:
16 Gauge type “304" series stainless steel sink bowl. 25" 33"
18 Gauge type “304" series stainless steel sink apron. 9-OP-40DF: 16" x 20" x12" Bowl with 16" Overall Height. Wt. 45 lbs.
9-OP-40 Shown Fabricated Bowls are Welded 9-OP-48DF: 20" x 28" x 12" Bowl with 16" Overall Height. Wt. 63 lbs.
Together at the Seams
MOP SINK DRAIN ASSEMBLY
16” HIGH SIDE & BACK
STANDING UNITS SPLASHES FOR
Flat Strainer Plat
K-243 MOP DRAINAGE TRAY
9-OP SERIES MOP SINKS

30"
FEATURES: Interior Compression Ring
Leg mounted design. 16 Gauge, 300 Series Stainless Steel

Exterior Thread 6"
High back splash. Available with Back & Left Side, Interior Thread
3 1/2” Basket Drain Inlcuded Back & Right Side or Back & Both Sides Interior Rubber Bladder 1/2" IPS Drain
(Mounting Hardware Included) 2" IPS Pipe 1/4" x 1 1/2"
CONSTRUCTION: Rubber Gasket
2 43 "
Slotted Mounting Holes
Height Above 2"

All TIG welded. Fiber Washer 6"
Conventional MODEL Fits Units: Finished Floor (A.F.F.)
Welded areas blended to match K-288LorR 9-OP-20 26”
8-OP-16 Die Cast Nut
adjacent surfaces and to a 9-OP-40 32” 15" 3"
satin finish.
K-290LorR 9-OP-28 26” CL CL
13 lbs.
MATERIAL: 9-OP-48 32”
4-OP-18 - Heavy gauge type Splashes Available on All 3 Sides
“304" series stainless steel.
K-298 9-OP-20 26”
9-OP-40 32”
8-OP-16 - 18 gauge type Economy
“304” series stainless steel. 4-OP-18 K-299 9-OP-28 26”
9-OP-48 32”
SERVICE & MOP SINK ACCESSORIES FLOW RATE

9.6 GPM/ 8-OP-16 4-OP-18
36.3 LPM CONVENTIONAL DESIGN ECONOMY DESIGN
MOP DRAINAGE TRAY 8” O.C.
• 16 Gauge, 300 Series Stainless Steel K-16 FLOOR UTILITY SHELF - 8” WIDE
Approx Approx
• Includes Cast 1/2” Drain & Plastic Hose MOP SINK inches mm MODEL
Wt Cubes
• Wall Mounted (Hardware not Included) K-240 REPLACEMENT
• 2” Tray Height with 6” Rear Splash SERVICE FAUCET*
24” 610 K-245 12 lbs. 1
DRAIN
(Overall Height) 36” 914 K-246 15 lbs. 2
Approx.
MODEL L x W x H Wt.
K-243 32” x 4” x 6” 13 lbs. K-242 MOP HANGER - 23” Wide K-244 HOSE & HANGER
*Does not meet Federal Lead Free Standards as it is not intended for potable water.
1 1/2" IPS

www.advancetabco.com Fax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578 ADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program of
improving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right to
E-9 change specifications without prior notice.
E-9a 200 Heartland Boulevard, Edgewood, NY 11717-8380 © ADVANCE TABCO, NOVEMBER 2013

& Tea, userights
STAINLESS STEEL
REGALINE
CORNER SINKS
E54A - 3-COMPARTMENT SINK E54B - 3-COMPARTMENT CORNER SINK
FEATURING A
TILE EDGE DESIGN Item #: Qty #:
Model #:
Project #:
All units furnished with 2 integral drainboards
Optional Poly-Vance
Cutting Boards Available
FEATURES: MATERIAL:
Tile edge for ease of installation. Unit is 16 gauge, type “304” stainless steel.
One piece Deep Drawn sink bowls with integral Legs are 1 5/8” diameter heavy gauge tubular stainless
drainboards with splash. steel with stainless steel gussets.
Featuring the single bowl unit design. 1” adjustable stainless steel bullet feet.
All sink bowls have a large liberal 3” radius (10”x14” bowls have
2” Radius).
Placement of the welded leg assembly ensures stability and
furnishes direct support of the column load requirement for
the entire sink unit. YES! It's SeaM ess!
CONSTRUCTION:
All TIG welded.
Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces and to
a satin finish.
Gussets welded to a die-embossed reinforcing channel.
# of Optional Poly-Vance
MODEL # Wall Dimension
Comp. Cutting Board
94-K2-24D 3 71” x 71” K-2E
94-K4-24D 3 79” x 79” K-2F
94-K5-18D 4 79 1/2” x 61” K-2E ACCESSORIES Model # Qty
94-K6-18D 3 61” x 61” K-2E FAUCETS
94-K8-30D 3 85” x 85” K-2E
94-K3-11D 3 54” x 54” K-2H
94-K5-11D 3 42” x 42” K-2H
All Units Require 2 Sets of Faucets

BOH GENERAL
Customer Service Available To Assist You 1-800-645-3166 EQUIPMENT
8:30 am - 8:00 pm E.S.T. 71
For Orders & Customer Service: For Smart Fabrication™ Quotes:

E55 - PRE-RINSE FAUCET

& Tea, userights
E55A - FAUCET ADD ON W/ 12” SWING SPOUT

E56 - INTEGRAL HAND SINK
Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.39

Item No.:

Project No.: Item No.:
S.I.S. No.: Project No.:
S.I.S. No.:
Specification Sheet
Short Form Specifications
Countertop Drop-In Sinks One-Compartment Sinks — Furnished with a #302004 faucet with gooseneck spout, except where noted.
inside bowl dimensions overall dimensions cutout for top mount cutout for bottom mount
Eagle Countertop Self Rimming Drop-In Sink, model with Self Rim Design* model #
width x length x depth
in. mm
width x length
in. mm
width x length
in. mm
width x length
in. mm
weight 18 or 20
lbs. kg gauge
_________________. Sinks are type 304 stainless steel, SR10-14-5-1 14˝ x 10˝ x 5˝ 356 x 254 x 127 19˝ x 123⁄4˝ 483 x 324 175⁄8˝ x 111⁄4˝ 448 x 286 1413⁄16˝ x 1013⁄16˝ 376 x 275 10 4.5 20
deep-drawn and self rimming. Faucet holes are punched on MODELS:
SR10-14-9.5-1 14˝ x 10˝ x 9 ⁄2˝ 356 x 254 x 241
1
18 ⁄8˝ x 12 ⁄4˝ 480 x 324
7 3
17 ⁄2˝ x 11 ⁄4˝ 445 x 286
1 1
14 ⁄16˝ x 10 ⁄16˝ 376 x 275
13 13
12 5.4 18
SR12-14-9.5-1 14˝ x 12˝ x 91⁄2˝ 356 x 305 x 241 19˝ x 143⁄4˝ 483 x 375 175⁄8˝ x 131⁄4˝ 448 x 337 143⁄8˝ x 123⁄8˝ 321 x 314 14 6.4 20
4˝ centers. Positive holddown clamping tabs for top mount.
SR10-14-5-1 SR18-24-13.5-1 SR16-19-13.5-2 SR14-10-5-1 10˝ x 14˝ x 5˝ 254 x 356 x 127 15˝ x 163⁄4˝ 381 x 426 135⁄8˝ x 151⁄4˝ 346 x 387 1013⁄16˝ x 1413⁄16˝ 275 x 376 10 4.5 20
Faucet and drain included. SRU14-10-5-1 10˝ x 14˝ x 5˝ 254 x 356 x 127 15˝ x 163⁄4˝ 381 x 426 135⁄8˝ x 151⁄4˝ 346 x 387 n/a 12 5.4 20
SR10-14-9.5-1 SR19-16-8-1 SR18-24-13.5-2 SR14-10-9.5-1 10˝ x 14˝ x 91⁄2˝ 254 x 356 x 241 15˝ x 165⁄8˝ 381 x 422 135⁄8˝ x 151⁄8˝ 346 x 384 1013⁄16˝ x 1413⁄16˝ 275 x 376 12 5.4 18
SR12-14-9.5-1 SR19-16-13.5-1 SR22-22-13.5-2 SR14-12-9.5-1 12˝ x 14˝ x 91⁄2˝ 305 x 356 x 241 17˝ x 163⁄4˝ 432 x 426 155⁄8˝ x 151⁄4˝ 397 x 387 123⁄8˝ x 143⁄8˝ 314 x 365 14 6.4 20
SR14-16-9.5-1 16˝ x 14˝ x 91⁄2˝ 406 x 356 x 241 21˝ x 163⁄4˝ 533 x 425 195⁄8˝ x 151⁄4˝ 499 x 387 165⁄8˝ x 145⁄8˝ 422 x 372 23 10.4 20
SR14-10-5-1 SR20-12-6.5-1 SR24-24-13.5-2 SR16-14-9.5-1 14˝ x 16˝ x 91⁄2˝ 356 x 406 x 241 19˝ x 183⁄4˝ 483 x 476 175⁄8˝ x 171⁄4˝ 448 x 438 14 ⁄8˝ x 16 ⁄8˝
5 5
372 x 422 23 10.4 20
SRU14-10-5-1 SR22-22-13.5-1 SR10-14-9.5-3 SR16-19-8-1 20˝ x 16˝ x 8˝ 508 x 406 x 203 243⁄4˝ x 181⁄2˝ 629 x 470 233⁄8˝ x 17˝ 594 x 432 205⁄8˝ x 165⁄8˝ 524 x 422 26 11.8 18
SR16-19-13.5-1 20˝ x 16˝ x 131⁄2˝ 508 x 406 x 343 243⁄4˝ x 181⁄2˝ 629 x 470 233⁄8˝ x 17˝ 594 x 432 205⁄8˝ x 165⁄8˝ 524 x 422 28 12.7 18
SR14-10-9.5-1 SR24-18-13.5-1 SR12-14-9.5-3 SR18-24-13.5-1 24˝ x 18˝ x 131⁄2˝ 610 x 457 x 343 283⁄4˝ x 201⁄2˝ 730 x 521 273⁄8˝ x 19˝ 695 x 483 245⁄8˝ x 185⁄8˝ 626 x 473 32 14.5 18
SR14-12-9.5-1 SR24-24-13.5-1 SR14-16-9.5-3 SR19-16-8-1* 16˝ x 20˝ x 8˝ 406 x 508 x 203 203⁄4˝ x 221⁄2˝ 527 x 572 193⁄8˝ x 21˝ 492 x 533 16 ⁄8˝ x 20 ⁄8˝
5 5
422 x 524 24 10.9 18
SR14-16-9.5-1 SR10-14-9.5-2 SR16-19-8-3 SR19-16-13.5-1* 16˝ x 20˝ x 131⁄2˝ 406 x 508 x 343 203⁄4˝ x 221⁄2˝ 527 x 572 193⁄8˝ x 21˝ 492 x 533 16 ⁄8˝ x 20 ⁄8˝
5 5
422 x 524 25 11.3 18
SR20-12-6.5-1 12˝ x 20˝ x 61⁄2˝ 305 x 508 x 165 17˝ x 223⁄4˝ 432 x 578 155⁄8˝ x 211⁄4˝ 397 x 540 123⁄16˝ x 201⁄8˝ 310 x 511 28 12.7 20
SR16-14-9.5-1 SR12-14-9.5-2 SR16-19-13.5-3
Countertop Drop-In Sinks with Self Rim Design

SR22-22-13.5-1* 22˝ x 22˝ x 131⁄2˝ 559 x 559 x 343 27˝ x 243⁄4˝ 686 x 629 255⁄8˝ x 231⁄4˝ 651 x 591 see template ** 34 15.4 18
SR16-19-8-1 SR14-16-9.5-2 SR18-24-13.5-3
Countertop Drop-In Sinks with Self Rim Design

SR24-18-13.5-1* 18˝ x 24˝ x 131⁄2˝ 457 x 610 x 343 223⁄4˝ x 261⁄2˝ 578 x 673 213⁄8˝ x 25˝ 543 x 635 185⁄8˝ x 245⁄8˝ 473 x 626 32 14.5 18
SRU14-10-5-1 SR24-24-13.5-1* 24˝ x 24˝ x 131⁄2˝ 610 x 610 x 343 283⁄4˝ x 261⁄2˝ 730 x 673 273⁄8˝ x 25˝ 695 x 635 2411⁄16˝ x 2411⁄16˝ 627 x 627 36 16.3 18
SR16-19-13.5-1 SR16-19-8-2
#SRU14-10-5-1 features an upturn on sides and rear; *These sinks utilize a #300490 faucet with 12˝ (305mm) swivel spout; ** Template included with sink.
Design and Construction Features

Two-Compartment Sinks — Furnished with a #300490 faucet with 12˝ (203mm) spout, except where noted.
inside bowl dimensions overall dimensions cutout for top mount cutout for bottom mount
• Sinks can be mounted onto top or bottom of countertop. width x length x depth width x length width x length width x length weight 18 or 20
model # in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kg gauge
SR10-14-9.5-2 For bottom mount, order kit #362188 (see back page).
SR10-14-9.5-2* 14˝ x 10˝ x 91⁄2˝ 356 x 254 x 241 187⁄8˝ x 243⁄4˝ 480 x 629 171⁄2˝ x 231⁄4˝ 445 x 591 1413⁄16˝ x 23˝ 376 x 584 25 11.3 18
• Heavy gauge type 304 series stainless steel coved bowls SR12-14-9.5-2 14˝ x 12˝ x 91⁄2˝ 356 x 305 x 241 19˝ x 283⁄4˝ 483 x 730 175⁄8˝ x 271⁄4˝ 448 x 692 143⁄8˝ x 265⁄8˝ 331 x 676 27 12.2 20
with large radius. SR14-16-9.5-2 16˝ x 14˝ x 91⁄2˝ 406 x 356 x 241 21˝ x 323⁄4˝ 525 x 832 195⁄8˝ x 311⁄4˝ 499 x 794 165⁄8˝ x 305⁄8˝ 422 x 778 42 19.1 20
• All sinks feature 31⁄2˝ (89mm)-diameter drain hole in the SR16-19-8-2 20˝ x 16˝ x 8˝ 508 x 406 x 203 243⁄4˝ x 361⁄4˝ 527 x 921 233⁄8˝ x 343⁄4˝ 594 x 883 205⁄8˝ x 341⁄4˝ 524 x 870 48 21.8 18
SR16-19-13.5-2 20˝ x 16˝ x 131⁄2˝ 508 x 406 x 343 243⁄4˝ x 361⁄4˝ 527 x 921 233⁄8˝ x 343⁄4˝ 594 x 883 205⁄8˝ x 341⁄4˝ 524 x 870 52 23.6 18
center of the bowl. SR18-24-13.5-2 24˝ x 18˝ x 13 ⁄2˝ 610 x 457 x 343
1
283⁄4˝ x 401⁄4˝ 730 x 1022 273⁄8˝ x 383⁄4˝ 695 x 984 245⁄8˝ x 381⁄2˝ 626 x 978 56 24.9 18
• Crumb cup strainer assembly features 41⁄2˝ (114mm)-diameter SR22-22-13.5-2 22˝ x 22˝ x 131⁄2˝ 559 x 559 x 343 27˝ x 483⁄4˝ 686 x 1238 255⁄8˝ x 471⁄4˝ 651 x 1200 see template ** 57 25.9 18
SR24-24-13.5-2 24˝ x 24˝ x 131⁄2˝ 610 x 610 x 343 283⁄4˝ x 521⁄8˝ 730 x 1324 273⁄8˝ x 505⁄8˝ 695 x 1286 2413⁄16˝ x 501⁄4˝ 630 x 1276 64 29.0 18
top flange and 11⁄2˝ (38mm) NPS outlet. * Model #SR10-14-9.5-2 utilizes a #301248 faucet with 8˝ (203mm) swivel spout; ** Template included with sink.
• All sinks feature deck-mounted faucet on 4˝ (102mm)**
centers; one-compartment sinks with 10˝ x 14˝ (254 x 356) Three-Compartment Sinks — Furnished with a #300490 faucet with 12˝ (305mm) spout, except where noted.
and 14˝ x 16˝ (356 x 406mm) bowls include faucet with inside bowl dimensions overall dimensions cutout for top mount cutout for bottom mount
SR10-14-9.5-3 width x length x depth width x length width x length width x length weight 18 or 20
gooseneck spout. model # in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kg gauge
• Self rimming. SR10-14-9.5-3 14˝ x 10˝ x 91⁄2˝ 356 x 254 x 241 18 ⁄8˝ x 363⁄4˝ 480 x 933
7
17 ⁄2˝ x 351⁄4˝ 445 x 895
1
14 ⁄16˝ x 35˝ 376 x 889
13
37 16.8 18
SR12-14-9.5-3 14˝ x 12˝ x 9 ⁄2˝ 356 x 305 x 241
1
19˝ x 42 ⁄4˝ 483 x 1086
3
17 ⁄8˝ x 41 ⁄4˝ 448 x 1031
5 1
14 ⁄8˝ x 40 ⁄8˝ 331 x 1032
3 5
39 17.6 20
Top Mount Bottom Mount • Deep-drawn. SR14-16-9.5-3 16˝ x 14˝ x 91⁄2˝ 406 x 356 x 241 21˝ x 483⁄4˝ 533 x 1238 195⁄8˝ x 471⁄4˝ 498 x 1200 165⁄8˝ x 465⁄8˝ 422 x 1184 66 29.9 20
countertop countertop • 18 or 20 gauge*** industrial grade construction and quality. SR16-19-8-3 20˝ x 16˝ x 8˝ 508 x 406 x 203 243⁄4˝ x 54˝ 629 x 1372 233⁄4˝ x 521⁄2˝ 594 x 1334 205⁄8˝ x 521⁄4˝ 524 x 1327 72 32.7 18
SR16-19-13.5-3 20˝ x 16˝ x 131⁄2˝ 508 x 406 x 343 243⁄4˝ x 54˝ 629 x 1372 233⁄4˝ x 521⁄2˝ 594 x 1334 205⁄8˝ x 521⁄4˝ 524 x 1327 77 34.9 18
* Not intended for NSF installation into stainless steel worksurface. SR18-24-13.5-3* 24˝ x 18˝ x 131⁄2˝ 610 x 457 x 343 283⁄4˝ x 60˝ 730 x 1524 273⁄4˝ x 581⁄2˝ 695 x 1486 245⁄8˝ x 581⁄4˝ 626 x 1480 82 37.2 18
Please consult factory if need arises.
* These sinks utilize a #301440 faucet with 14˝ (356mm) swivel spout.
** To order sinks with faucet holes punched on 8˝ (203mm) centers,
add suffix “-8CL”. Example: SR10-14-9.5-2-8CL
clip from
tab (shown
kit #362188
*** Varies per model sink. Refer to charts on back page. Optional Deck Mount Faucets Bottom-Mount Kit
twisted out #313306 Standard T&S
and up) description T&S faucet model # model # One kit per one-compartment sink,
hardware Options / Accessories gooseneck faucet, 4˝ (102mm) center, for single bowls 302004 313308 two kits per two-compartment sink,
sink sink (not included) Faucets (see back page) 8˝ (203mm) spout, 4˝ (102mm) center, for single and double bowls 301248 313306 three kits per three-compartment sink.
For Top Mount: Positive holddown clamping twist-tabs designed for up to Electronic-eye faucets ∆ (add suffix “-FE”) 12˝ (305mm) spout, 4˝ (102mm) center, for triple bowls 300490 313303
description model #
14˝ (356mm) spout, 8˝ (203mm) center, for triple bowls 301440 313307
3/4˝ thick countertops. Holddowns for thicker tops are available. P-trap (#300789) 8 undermount
For Bottom Mount: Kit sold separately—see back page. 8˝ (203mm) spout, 4˝ (102mm) center, for single and double bowls, w/spray arm — 377430 362188
∆ Electronic-Eye Faucets are available for One-Compartment Sinks only. clips per kit
8˝ (203mm) spout, 8˝ (203mm) center, for single and double bowls, w/spray arm — 303560*
12˝ (305mm) spout, 8˝ (203mm) center, for triple bowls, w/spray arm — 303561*
EAGLE GROUP Certifications / Approvals 14˝ (356mm) spout, 8˝ (203mm) center, for triple bowls, w/spray arm — 303562*
100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USA * Faucets with spray arm require special faucet holes.
Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065
EAGLE GROUP
www.eaglegrp.com
100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USA
Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440 Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065 • www.eaglegrp.com
MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100 Printed in U.S.A.
Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440 ©2013 by Eagle Group
For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB Division. ®
MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100 Rev. 10/13
Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065 • e-mail: [email protected] EG20.39 Rev. 10/13
Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.com
Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.com
Although every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible for
Eagle Foodservice Equipment, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2013 by the Eagle Group
®
typographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.

& Tea, userights
E56 - INTEGRAL HAND SINK

E57 - INTEGRAL DUMP SINK

Item No.:

Project No.: Item No.:
S.I.S. No.: Project No.:
S.I.S. No.:
Specification Sheet
Short Form Specifications OEM Sink Bowls OEM Sink Bowls with Fabricated Straight Wall
Eagle OEM Sink Bowl with Fabricated Straight Wall, model
____________. Constructed of type 304 18-8 stainless
with Fabricated Straight Wall
steel with 5⁄8˝ radius corners, 31⁄2˝ drain hole with sump, and
swirl away drainage. MODELS:
FNWNF-9-12-6-1 FNWNF-20-20-12-1
FNWNF-9-14-8-1 FNWNF-20-20-14-1
FNWNF-12-14-8-1 FNWNF-20-27-6-1
FNWNF-14-16-8-1 FNWNF-20.5-20.5-5-1
FNWNF-18-18-10-1 FNWNF-20.5-20.5-8-1
FNWNF-18-18-12-1 FNWNF-24-24-12-1
FNWNF-20-20-10-1 FNWNF-24-24-14-1
OEM Sink Bowls with Fabricated Straight Wall
OEM Sink Bowls with Fabricated Straight Wall

TOP VIEW
Design and Construction Features

• For NSF approved welded fabrication.
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
• Heavy gauge type 304 stainless steel construction.
• Bowls are tapered to allow for 60% nesting, which facilitates
shipping and storage.
inside bowl dimensions
• 5⁄8˝ (16mm) radius corners. width length depth weight
• 31⁄2˝ (89mm) drain hole with sump. model # in. mm in. mm in. mm gauge lbs. kg
• Swirlaway drainage. FNWNF-9-12-6-1 9˝ 229 12˝ 305 6˝ 432 16 6 2.7
Options / Accessories
FNWNF-9-14-8-1 9˝ 229 14˝ 356 8˝ 203 16 8 3.6
Waste outlets FNWNF-12-14-8-1 12˝ 305 14˝ 356 8˝ 203 16 11 5.0
P-trap FNWNF-14-16-8-1 14˝ 356 16˝ 406 8˝ 203 16 12 5.4
Tail piece FNWNF-18-18-10-1 18˝ 457 18˝ 457 10˝ 254 14 24 10.9
Strainer assembly FNWNF-18-18-12-1 18˝ 457 18˝ 457 12˝ 305 14 27 12.2
Lever drains FNWNF-20-20-10-1 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 10˝ 254 14 25 11.3
FNWNF-20-20-12-1 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 12˝ 305 14 29 13.2
FNWNF-20-20-14-1 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 14˝ 356 14 32 14.5
FNWNF-20-27-6-1 20˝ 508 27˝ 686 6˝ 152 14 20 9.0
FNWNF-20.5-20.5-5-1 201⁄2˝ 521 201⁄2˝ 521 5˝ 127 14 18 8.2
FNWNF-20.5-20.5-8-1 201⁄2˝ 521 201⁄2˝ 521 8˝ 203 14 24 10.9
FNWNF-24-24-12-1 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 12˝ 305 14 38 17.2
FNWNF-24-24-14-1 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 14˝ 356 14 42 19.1
EAGLE GROUP Certifications / Approvals

100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USA EAGLE GROUP
Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065 100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USA
www.eaglegrp.com Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065
www.eaglegrp.com
Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440 Printed in U.S.A.
MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100 Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440 ©2008 by Eagle Group
MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100 Rev. 11/08
For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB® Division.
Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: [email protected] EG20.16 Rev. 11/08 Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.com
Although every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible for
Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.com typographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.
Eagle Foodservice Equipment, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2008 by the Eagle Group
®

& Tea, userights
E58 - COLD BREW SINK, WALL MOUNTED W/ SIDE SPLASHES
STAINLESS STEEL
HAND SINKS
7-PS-EC-SP
Item #: Qty #:
Model #:
Project #:
CONSTRUCTION:
FEATURES: All TIG welded.
Deep Drawn sink bowl design. Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces and to a satin finish.
Sink bowl is 10" x 14" x 5". Die formed Countertop Edge with a No-Drip offset.
Sink bowl has a large liberal radii with a minimum dimension MATERIAL:
of 2" and are rectangular in design for increased capacity.
Heavy gauge type 304 series stainless steel.
7 3/4" high side splashes.
Wall mounting bracket is Galvanized and of offset design.
Stainless steel 1-1/2” basket drain. 1-1/2" IPS.
All fittings are brass / chrome plated unless otherwise indicated.
Wall mount bracket.
4" O.C. economy splash mounted gooseneck faucet, MECHANICAL:
chrome plated & furnished with aerator. Faucet supply is 1/2" IPS male thread hot and cold.
NOTE: This faucet does NOT meet Lead Free compliance.
DETAILS and SPECIFICATIONS

TOL Overall: ± .500" Interior: ± .250" FITTINGS SUPPLIED AS SHOWN ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL
17"
14"
C
L C
L 2"
15 1/4" 1-1/2" S/S Basket Drain w/

10" 1-1/2" IPS Drain Connection
Gooseneck 7-3/4" Side

Faucet Splash
7 3/4" 1 3/4"
13"
5"
8 1/2" 8 5/8"
19 lbs. C
L C
L


www.advancetabco.com Fax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578
ADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program of improving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right to change specifications without prior notice. © ADVANCE TABCO, MARCH 2013

& Tea, userights
E59 - WATER DISPENSER (GLASS FILLER)

& Tea, userights
E60 - CONDIMENT BAR INSERTS (BAIN MARIE)
Vollrath 78710 Stainless Baine Marie

Name Bain Maries - Stainless Steel
Item # 78710
Capacity (QT) 1 1/4
Capacity (L) 1.2
Fits Opening (IN) 4 1/4
Fits Opening (CM) 10.8
Outside Diameter (IN) 4 1/8
Outside Diameter (CM) 10.5
Depth (IN) 5 3/4
Depth (CM) 14.6
Overbead Diameter (IN) 4 3/4
Overbead Diameter (CM) 12.1
Cover Item 79020
Cover Case Lot 6
Case Lot 6
Case Lot Weight (lbs.) 3.96
Case Lot Cube (ft.) 0.58
UPC 029419039746


& Tea, userights
E61 - DIPPERWELL E61A - DIPPERWELL FAUCET
_________________________________
SINGLE BASIN METERING
Z86100-XL
TAG _______
Engineering Specifications: Zurn AquaSpec® Z86100-XL
Polished chrome-plated single basin lavatory, slow-closing metering faucet with an
integral brass 3-3/4" [95mm] centerline spout, and a vandal-resistant, ADA compliant
color-coded handle. Easily adjustable cycle time, preset to 10 seconds at 80 PSI. Unit
is furnished with a water-conserving spray outlet which reduces flow to .25 GPC [1.0
GPM] (complying with ANSI A112.18.1 Standard for flow), integral shank filter,
mounting hardware and a 1/2" NPSM coupling nut for standard lavatory riser.
Zurn Lead Compliant* “XL” products are a line of durable, high quality brass faucets
and fixtures that are designed and manufactured to comply with state laws and local
codes that mandate lead content levels. Zurn “XL” products are manufactured with
*not more than 0.25% lead content when used with respect to wetted surfaces of
pipes and pipe fittings, plumbing fitting and fixtures: California Health & Safety Code
§ 116875; Vermont 9 VCA § 2470h.
Note: All dimensions are for reference only. Do not use for pre-plumbing
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Suffix Description
__ -CS Check Stop
__ -CP4 Chrome-Plated 4” [102mm] Cover Plate
__ -G 1-1/4" [32mm] Grid Strainer Drain
__ -GH 1-1/4" [32mm] Offset Handicap Drain
__ -IN Institutional Handle- Tamper-Proof and Vandal-Resistant
__ -PT 1-1/4" [32mm] Cast Brass P-Trap with a 7-1/2" [191mm] Long 17-Gauge Wall Bend
__ -RKR ADA Compliant Rocker Handle
__ -3M 0.5 GPM [1.9 L] Vandal-Resistant Pressure Compensating Male Spray Outlet
__ -7M 1.0 GPM [3.8 L] Pressure Compensating Male Spray Outlet
__ -21M 1.0 GPM [3.8L] Pressure Compensating Male Laminar Flow Outlet
__ -22M 1.0 GPM [3.8L] Pressure Compensating Vandal-Resistant Male Laminar Flow Outlet
__ -24M 0.35 GPM [1.3 L] Pressure Compensating Male Spray Outlet
ZURN INDUSTRIES, LLC ♦ COMMERCIAL BRASS OPERATION ♦ 2640 SOUTH WORK STREET ♦ FALCONER NY 14733
Phone: 1-800-997-3876 ♦ Fax: 1-919-775-3541 ♦ www.zurn.com
In Canada: ZURN INDUSTRIES LIMITED ♦ 3544 Nashua Drive ♦ Mississauga, Ontario L4V1L2 ♦ Phone: 905/405-8272 Fax: 905/405-1292
AquaSpec® is a registered trademark of Zurn Industries, LLC

Rev. B Date: 4/13/11 C.N. No. 127580
©2011 Zurn Industries, LLC Dwg. No. 93109 Product No. Z86100-XL

& Tea, userights
E64 - AIR CURTAIN

E64 - AIR CURTAIN

E65 - AV CABINET

E67 - MENU BOARD FRAME

E69 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER
T
EE
SH
T
U
/C
EC
SP
G
IN
D
N
PE

E70 - ROLLING TRASH BIN
7/1/2015 Rubbermaid Commercial Products Rubbermaid Waste : 9W27 BRUTE® Rollout Container with Lid 7/1/2015 Rubbermaid Commercial Products Rubbermaid Waste : 9W27 BRUTE® Rollout Container with Lid
with Lid in Molding
9W21 BRUTE® Rollout Container 32.3 in 25.30 41.8 in 65 gal UV MDPE Rotational
in Molding
9W22 BRUTE® Rollout Container 35.4 in 27.30 45.6 in 95 gal UV MDPE Rotational
Waste > BRUTE® Utility 9W27

with Lid
in
BRUTE® Rollout Container 28.5 in 23.38 36.5 in
in
50 gal UV HDPE
Molding
Injection
Molding
Consumables/Replacement Parts for 9W27

No. Fits Description
501388 1829410, 9W27 Linear Low Density Can Liners
9W27 BRUTE® Rollout Container with Lid Easy mobility for general refuse collection and material 502888 1829410, 9W27 Linear Low Density Can Liners
handling. 5079 1829410, 9W27 High Density Coreless Roll Can Liners
9W27L1 1829410, 9W27 BRUTE® Rollout Wheels/Push Caps
9W27L2 1829410, 9W27 BRUTE® Rollout Lid/Handle
Heavyduty, 8" (20.3 cm) wheels afford easy mobility, 3559L3 1829410, 9W27 Axle
even over steps or curbing.
Attached hinged lid fits tightly; swings back and locks.
Rubbermaid Commercial Products, LLC
Tough Durx™ construction lends long life. Rounded 3124 Valley Avenue, Winchester, VA 22601
corners and smooth contours are easy to clean. www.rcpworksmarter.com
Moldedin axle retainer adds strength.
SUSTAINABLE PRODUCTS
This product has the following sustainable
attributes:
LEED Credits
For Recycling
AVAILABLE COLORS SPECIFICATIONS

Product UPC/ U.S. Metric
Order # Color
UCC Code Length: 28.5 in 72.4 cm
FG9W2700 YEL YEL 086876176643 / Width: 23.4 in 59.4 cm
10086876176640 Height: 36.5 in 92.7 cm
FG9W2700 GRAY GRAY 086876175387 / Square:
10086876048022 Volume Capacity [Nom]: 50 gal 189.3 L
FG9W2700 BLUE BLUE 086876176636 / Volume Capacity [Max]:
10086876176633 Volume Capacity [Min]:
Certification [BRUTE® Rollout

UV
Containers]:
18.79
Carton Cube: 0.54 m3
Yellow Gray ft3
YEL GRAY 19.78
Ship Weight/Carton: 43.60 lb
kg
Pack Quantity: 2
Blue
BLUE Cartons Per Pallet: 4
Material: HDPE
Process: Injection Molding
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
Chemical Resistance Guide: chem.pdf
Products in BRUTE® Rollout Containers

Volume Certification [BRUTE® Rollout
Item # Description LengthWidthHeightSquare MaterialProcess
Capacity Containers]
1829410BRUTE® Rollout Container 28.5 in 23.38 36.5 in 50 gal UV HDPE Injection
http://www.rubbermaidcommercial.com/rcp/products/detail.jsp?categoryCode=waste&subCategoryCode=waste_brute_utility&rcpNum=9W27&print=true 1/2 http://www.rubbermaidcommercial.com/rcp/products/detail.jsp?categoryCode=waste&subCategoryCode=waste_brute_utility&rcpNum=9W27&print=true 2/2

& Tea, userights
 
E71 - TRASH CAN, SLIM JIM

E72 - CONDIMENT BAR TRASH BIN LINER
Rubbermaid Commercial Products - Rubbermaid Waste : 6245 Rigid Liner for 6145 Cont... Page 1 of 1
Waste > Rigid Liners
6245 Rigid Liner for 6145 Container Prolongs the life of your containers.
Designed to fit Rubbermaid and other manufacturers' containers.

One piece plastic construction for long product life.

Order # Color
UCC Code Length: 18 in 45.7 cm
FG624500 GRAY GRAY 086876052619 / Width: 12 1/4 in 31.1 cm
10086876052616 Height: 22 in 55.9 cm
Diameter:
Square:
Volume Capacity [Nom]: 15 gal 56.8 L
Volume Capacity [Max]:
Gray Volume Capacity [Min]:
GRAY
Certification [Rigid Liners ]
Carton Cube: 6.09 ft3 0.17 m3
Ship Weight/Carton: 26.40 lb 11.97 kg
Pack Quantity: 4
Cartons Per Pallet: 8
Material: PP
Process: Injection Molding
Products in Rigid Liners

Item # Description Length Width Height Diameter Square Volume Capacity
3564 Rigid Liner 18 5/8 in 18 5/8 in 34 in 18 5/8 in 50 gal
3567 Rigid Liner 18 1/4 in 18 1/4 in 29 1/8 in 18 1/4 in 35 1/2 gal
256K Rigid Liner for Glutton® Container 23 1/4 in 20 1/4 in 29 in 42 gal
3550 Rigid Liner for 8160-88, 8184-88, 8185-88 Containers 27 1/4 in 12 in 12 1/8 gal
3552 Rigid Liner with Rim for 8170-88, 8180-88, 8182-88 Containers 30 1/8 in 14 1/2 in 22 gal
3563 Rigid Liner for 9P90, 9P91, 3966, 3967 Containers 28 in 14.200 in 19 gal
3566 Rigid Liner 16 1/4 in 16 1/4 in 28 1/2 in 16 1/4 in 24.7 gal
6243 Rigid Liner for 6143 Container 14 3/8 in 11 3/4 in 13 1/4 in 7 1/8 gal
6244 Rigid Liner for 6144 Container 14 3/8 in 11 3/4 in 19 3/4 in 10 1/4 gal
6245 Rigid Liner for 6145 Container 18 in 12 1/4 in 22 in 15 gal
6246 Rigid Liner for 6146 Container 18 in 12 1/4 in 28 1/2 in 19 gal
6245 is an Accessory to:

No. Description Diameter Length Height Volume Capacity Width
6145 Step-On Container 19 3/4 in 26 1/2 in 18 gal 16 1/8 in
Rubbermaid Commercial Products, LLC

3124 Valley Avenue, Winchester, VA 22601
www.rcpworksmarter.com
http://www.rubbermaidcommercial.com/rcp/products/detail.jsp?categoryCode=waste&subC... 5/6/2013

& Tea, userights
E74 - BAKERY RACK AND TRAY
www.wincous.com
S H E LV I N G • R AC K S • C A S T E R S
ALUMINUM SHEET PAN / BUN RACKS

Made for the most demanding restaurant kitchens, the aluminum sheet pan racks from
Winco accommodates standard full-size 18" x 26" sheet/bun pans, or twice the capacity
for half-size 18" x 13" pans. All racks are shipped knocked down and require assembly,
except for the welded series.
ALUMINUM SHEET PAN TRUCK , KNOCKED DOWN

• 14 gauge 6063 aluminum with 1" extruded aluminum tube frame
ALRK-3 • 5" dia x 1-1/4"W full swivel casters
• Capacity: Up to 54 full-size (18"x26") or 108 half-size (13"x18") sheet pans
ITEM DESCRIPTION IN/MASTER
ALRK-3 20-5/8"W x 28-7/8"D x 33-3/8"H 1
ALRC-5P Caster with mounting plate, 5" 12
COUNTER HEIGHT SHEET PAN RACK, KNOCKED DOWN

• 15-tier rack with slides and hard top can be used as cutting board stand
R • 14 gauge 6063 aluminum with 1" extruded tube frame
• Casters are full swivel, 5" dia x 1-1/4"
• Capacity: 15 full size (18" x 26") or 30 half size (18" x 13") sheet pans
ALRK-15
ALRK-15 20-7/8"W x 26-1/8"D x 31-5/8"H 1
R HEAVY DUTY SHEET PAN RACK, KNOCKED DOWN

ALRK-10 10-Tier, NSF 1
ALRK-20 20-Tier, NSF 1
HEAVY DUTY SHEET PAN RACK W/BRAKES, KNOCKED DOWN

ALRK-10BK 10 Tier, 3" Spacing 1
ALRK-20BK 20 Tier, 3" Spacing 1
ALRK-30BK 30 Tier, 2" Spacing, with heavy weight casters 1
ALRK-10 ALRK-20
R
WELDED SHEET PAN RACK
• Featuring Winco’s exclusive Weld 2 Dual Weldment System
R
• Heavy duty caster wheels to handle loads up to 650 lbs

AWRK-10 10 Tier, 3" Spacing 1
AWRK-20 20 Tier, 3" Spacing 1
SHEET PAN RACK ACCESSORIES

ALRK-10-CV Cover for 10 Tier Rack 12
ALRK-20-CV Cover for 20 and 30 Tier Racks 12
ALRC-5ST Standard weight caster, 5" 12
ALRC-5STK Standard weight caster w/ brake, 5" 12
ALRC-5H Heavy weight caster, 5" 12
ALRC-5HK Heavy weight caster w/ brake, 5" 12
See page 158 for more caster information, new item numbers
ALRK-20BK ALRK-30BK
ALRC-5STK
5" caster
with brake
Winco’s exclusive Weld 2 System features
fail-safe rigidity through both bolting and
welding at all critical joints, to prevent
warping with long term high traffic use
R
Specialty bolts Bolt caps are welded

secure each joint over completely
ALRK-10BK ALRK-10-CV ALRK-20-CV AWRK-20 to form extra
*10 Tier Available strength juncture
154 = Cash & Carry / Retail Packaging

& Tea, userights
E74A - BAKERY RACK TRAY

& Tea, userights
E75 - STANCHION EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
Update International RS-36BK Crowd Guidance System Stanchion-Top Sign Frame - Black Finish Page 1 of 1
Specifications
 36" stanchion with 12-1/2" base, 6-1/2' retractable belt, four-way cassette
 Includes post & base (packed separately), cast iron steel, black
 Weight 54.15 lbs

Item: Stanchion-Top Sign Frame - Black Finish

Item Number: RS-SF/BK
Description:
Convey important information to your customers. Fits our stanchion-
top signs. Available in black and stainless steel.
Specifications:
Type : Signage
Fits : RS-36BK & RS-36SS Stanchions
Height : 17.875 in.
Dimensions : 8-3/4 x 2-3/4 x 17.875 in.
Dimensions H x W : 17.875 x 8-3/4 in.
Thickness : 2-3/4 in.
Sold in Units of: 1
Case Unit: 4
Back

http://update-international.com/jpg_300x300/rs-sfbk.html 7/1/2015

& Tea, userights
Published July 2015. For internal use only. © 2015 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved.
E77 - PLATFORM CART
7/1/2015 Rubbermaid Commercial Products Rubbermaid Material Handling : 4484 Side Panel Platform Truck (24” x 36”)
Material Handling > Platform Trucks
4484 Side Panel Platform Truck (24” x 36”) Ideal for transporting & retaining small packages & materials
Heavyduty, powdercoated wire side panels retains

small packages & items
Individually removable to accommodate oversized loads
Side panel cutouts allow for ergonomic access to load
Duramold™ precision engineered resin and metal
composite structure for unsurpassed durability and
service life
Moldedin tiedown slots for load security
Textured deck surface reduces load slippage
Perimeter deck channel retains small items
Retainer clips prevent unintended handle removal
Powder coated steel handle / frame for optimum service
life
TPR provides floor surface protection, quiet operation, &
shock absorption

Order # Color
UCC Code Length: 44.0 in 111.8 cm
FG 448400BLA BLA 086876202656 / Width: 24.2 in 61.6 cm
00086876202656 Mass Capacity [Nom]:
Mass Capacity [Max]: 1000.0 lb 453.6 kg
Carton Height: 14.9 in 37.8 cm
Carton Length: 39.6 in 100.5 cm
Carton Width: 24.6 in 62.4 cm
Black Height: 39.2 in 99.7 cm
BLA Carton Cube: 8.38 ft3
Ship Weight/Carton: 85 lb 38.56 kg
Pack Quantity:
Cartons Per Pallet: 6
Process: Structural Foam Molding
Instructions: RCP_3485350_Side Panel
Instruction_final_052009.pdf
Product Sell Sheets: RCP_RCP 550 Matl Handling
Brochure_final_nocrop.pdf
Products in Side Panel Platform Trucks

Item # Description Length Width Mass Capacity Process
4484 Side Panel Platform Truck (24” x 36”) 44.0 in 24.25 in Structural Foam Molding
http://www.rubbermaidcommercial.com/rcp/products/detail.jsp?categoryCode=material_handling&subCategoryCode=material_handling_platform_trucks&rcp… 1/2

& Tea, userights
E78 - DUMP SINK FAUCET

E79 - SOAP DISPENSER
ACCESSORIES - EXPLODED VIEW
Model: 7-PS-12
Dispenser holds 600 ML (20 ounces) of liquid soap.

Adhesive
Strip
Chrome Plated
Plastic Cover
3 1/2"
Width
Plastic
Smoked Plastic Mounting
Liquid Soap Bracket
Reservoir
8 1/2" Height
Including Cover
Chrome Plated
Plastic Body
Push Button
Soap
Dispensing
Activator 3" Depth

(800) 645-3166 (800) 832-1218 (800) 527-0353 (800) 446-8684
Fax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578
www.advancetabco.com
For Assistance with 1-800-498-6634 Fax: 631-586-2933
Smart Modifications & Accessories Call: [email protected]
ADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program of improving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right to change specifications without prior notice. © ADVANCE TABCO, OCT. 2007

& Tea, userights
E80 - ICE BIN DROP-IN (SCOOP HOLDER)
Pronto Products
C H P N
Scoop Holder
0 4 1 0
products for the foodservice industry. Our P/N: Scoop Holder
experience developing fry baskets and other Width: 8”
products for top restaurant chains has provided us Length: 3”
with the insights needed to build reliable and Height: 6”
lasting products.
Weight: 0.8 Lbs.
The combination of high quality materials and Material: Plain Steel
craftsmen level workmanship ensure that our Finish: Nickel & Chrome
products will meet the demands of restaurants 5 Year Limited Warranty
everywhere.
That’s why top restaurant chains put their trust in

Pronto!
6”
8"
3”
11765 Goldring Road
Arcadia, CA 91006
(800) 377-6680
[email protected]

& Tea, userights
E81 - NITRO BREW EQUIPMENT


T
EE
SH
T
U
/C
EC
SP
G
IN
D
N
PE

E85 - HEAD SET MODULE

E89 - 1.5 QT CANISTER: HOTBAR (X2) E90 - 2.5 QT CANISTER: HOTBAR (X4)

E91 - 5.75 QT CANISTER: HOTBAR (X2)

E92 - DECORATIVE SHELF INLAYS

E96 - Hot Water Dispenser

E100 - PITCHER RINSER E100B - PITCHER RINSER

E101 - BREWBLAST NITROGEN GENERATOR

E101 - BREWBLAST CNTD. E102 - LEAK DETECTION
T
EE
SH
T
CU
C/
E
SP
G
IN
D
N
PE
E103 - FFE PACKAGE
RESTROOM FIXTURES
MANUFACTURER
MIRROR
36” GRAB BAR
42” GRAB BAR
TOILET PAPER / SEAT DISPENSER
ALT. SEAT DISPENSER
ALT. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER
RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER & WASTE RECEPTACLE COMBO
SOAP DISPENSER
COAT HOOK
ALT. COAT HOOK
WALL MOUNTED TOILET
WALL HUNG LAVATORY
LAVATORY FAUCET

RESTROOMS GENERAL EQUIPMENT 107
& Tea, userights
MIRROR

& Tea, userights
SOAP DISPENSER
ACCESSORIES - EXPLODED VIEW

Model: 7-PS-12
Dispenser holds 600 ML (20 ounces) of liquid soap.

Adhesive
Strip
Chrome Plated
Plastic Cover
3 1/2"
Width
Plastic
Smoked Plastic Mounting
Liquid Soap Bracket
Reservoir
8 1/2" Height
Including Cover
Chrome Plated
Plastic Body
Push Button
Soap
Dispensing
Activator 3" Depth

(800) 645-3166 (800) 832-1218 (800) 527-0353 (800) 446-8684
Fax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578
www.advancetabco.com
For Assistance with 1-800-498-6634 Fax: 631-586-2933
Smart Modifications & Accessories Call: [email protected]
ADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program of improving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right to change specifications without prior notice. © ADVANCE TABCO, OCT. 2007

& Tea, userights
GRAB BARS
1¼" (32mm) DIAMETER
STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BARS B-5806
Technical Data WITH SNAp fLANGE SERIES
Specify Finish Required:  Satin finish
 Satin finish with peened gripping surface; add suffix .99 to model number
End Mounting Flange Intermediate Flange
2'' 2-5/8''
50mm 65mm
3-1/8'' 3-1/8''
80mm 80mm
2-1/4'' 2-1/4''
55mm 55mm
1-1/2''
38mm
L
Snap Flange Cover
L
3-1/4''
85mm 3-1/8''
Dia. 80mm
5/16''
HORIZONTAL VERTICAL 8mm
B-5806 x 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48
4'' 4''
4'' 100mm
100mm
100mm 42''
24'' 1065mm
36'' 32'' 510mm 50''
50'' 1270mm
915mm 815mm
1270mm
45-3/4''
27-3/4'' 1160mm
39-3/4'' 57-3/4''
39-3/4'' 705mm 1465mm
1010mm 57-3/4'' 1010mm Edge of
1465mm Edge of Flange to Wall
Edge of Flange to Wall
Flange to Wall Edge of
Edge of
Flange to Wall Edge of
Flange to Wall Flange to Wall
TWO-WALL HORIZONTAL
TUB/SHOWER/TOILET TWO-WALL
WHEELCHAIR TOILET COMpARTMENT BAR 42 x 54
TOILET COMpARTMENT COMpARTMENT BAR 24 x 36
B-5837 B-58616 B-5897
continued . . .
The illustrations and descriptions herein are applicable to production as of the date of this Technical Data Sheet. Revised 3/09 S/B Printed in U.S.A.

& Tea, userights
TOILET PAPER / SEAT DISPENSER
ClassicSeries®
B-3574
RECESSEd
SEAT-COvER dISPENSER,
SANITARy NAPkIN dISPOSAL,
Technical Data ANd TOILET TISSuE dISPENSER
Finish Face of Wall

17-3/16'' 3''
435mm 75mm
S
Toilet-Seat-Cover
Recommended Cutout Height Off Floor For Barrier-Free design

Dispenser Door
S S
30-5/8''
780mm
Grab Bar
27-5/8''
Recommended Cutout Height Off Floor

(Not Furnished)
702mm
Shelf
28-5/8''
43-1/2'' 1105mm
725mm
59'' 1500mm
16-7/16'' Sanitary 33''
417mm Lock 840mm
Napkin
Disposal & Key (2) to
Panel Floor
Toilet Tissue
Dispenser (2)
S S
Door
3/16''
Removable 5mm
Waste 15-3/16'' 1'' 3-15/16''
Receptacle 385mm 25mm 100mm
11-5/16'' Typ.
3-7/8''
285mm 100mm
CL
Centerline of Toilet Tissue
Dispenser shall be 7'' to 9'' (180 to 230mm)
in Front of Toilet
Rough Wall Opening

16'' (405mm) wide
29-1/4'' (745mm) high
4'' (102mm) minimum
recessed depth
MATERIALS:
Cabinet — 18-8 S, type-304, heavy-gauge stainless steel. All-welded construction. Exposed surfaces have satin finish.
Flange — 18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish. Drawn and beveled, one-piece, seamless
construction.
Doors — 18-8 S, type-304, 18-gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel with satin finish. One-piece, seamless construction. Secured
to cabinet with a full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Equipped with a tumbler lock keyed like other Bobrick washroom
accessories.
Toilet Tissue Dispensers (2) — .100" (2.5mm) thick ABS. Equipped with two theft-resistant, heavy-duty, one-piece molded
ABS spindles.
Disposal Panel — 18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with hemmed edges; exposed surface has satin finish.
Secured to door with a spring- loaded, full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Equipped with an international graphic symbol
identifying napkin disposal.
Waste Receptacle — Leak-proof molded polyethylene. Removable for servicing. Capacity: 0.8-gal. (3.0-L).
OPERATION:
Doors unlock with key provided and swing open for filling. Toilet-seat-cover dispenser holds 500 single- or half-fold paper
covers. Spindles may be removed from cabinet only when door is open. Receptacle is removable for servicing. Unit holds two
standard-core toilet tissue rolls up to 5-1/4'' (135mm) diameter (1800 sheets).
Designer's Note: It is recommended that one full toilet tissue roll remain wrapped until the other roll has been depleted to avoid
wasting ends of both rolls. Disposable liners are available as an accessory for sanitary napkin disposal: order Bobrick Part No.
353-12.
continued . . .
The illustrations and descriptions herein are applicable to production as of the date of this Technical Data Sheet. Rev. 1/25/12 R/A, S/C Printed in U.S.A.

& Tea, userights
SEAT DISPENSER (ALTERNATE)
ClassicSeries™
SuRFACE-MOuNTED
SEAT-COVER DISPENSER
B-221
Technical Data
15-3/4''
400mm
Finish Face of Wall
3-1/2'' 8-3/4''
90mm 220mm 2''
S S 50mm

4-1/2''
115mm
45'' to 59'' 1145 to 1500mm
30'' to 48'' 760 to 1220mm

For Barrier-Free Design
11''
280mm
MATERIALS:
18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish. All-welded construction with beveled opening.
OPERATION:
Dispenses single- or half-fold paper toilet seat covers from beveled opening. Dispenser fills from bottom through concealed
opening. Capacity: 250 toilet seat covers.
INSTALLATION:
Mount unit on wall or toilet partition with two flat-head screws, not furnished by manufacturer, at points indicated by an S. For
plaster or dry wall construction, provide concealed backing that complies with local building codes, then secure unit with flat-
head screws not furnished. For other wall surfaces, provide fiber plugs or expansion shields for use with screws, not furnished,
or provide 1/8'' (3mm) toggle bolts or expansion bolts.
Note: Provide a 5'' (125mm) minimum clearance from bottom of dispenser to top of any horizontal projection to provide room
for filling dispenser from bottom.
SPECIFICATION:
Surface-mounted toilet-seat-cover dispenser shall be type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with all-welded construction;
exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. Dispenser shall have a concealed opening in bottom for filling. Capacity shall be 250
paper toilet seat covers.
Surface-Mounted Seat-Cover Dispenser shall be Model B-221 of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., Clifton
Park, New York; Jackson, Tennessee; Los Angeles, California; Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company,
Scarborough, Ontario; Bobrick Washroom Equipment Pty. Ltd., Australia; and Bobrick Washroom Equipment
Limited, United Kingdom.
The illustrations and descriptions herein are applicable to production as of the date of this Technical Data Sheet. Revised 8/07 Printed in U.S.A.

& Tea, userights
TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (ALTERNATE)
ConturaSeries®
SURFACE-MOUNTED
MULTI-ROLL TOILET B-4288
Technical Data TISSUE DISPENSER
7/8'' 6-1/16'' Finish Face of Wall
22mm 155mm
5-15/16''
Typ. S 150mm

Lock
& Key 6'' S
150mm
28'' to 36'' 710 to 915mm
for Barrier-Free Design

Stainless Steel
Door
28'' 710mm
7-1/4''
11'' 185mm
280mm
Typ.
Toilet Tissue
Spindles (2)
S
1-13/16''
Pivot Point 45mm
Typ.
4-1/8''
105mm
MATERIALS:
Cabinet — 18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel. All-welded construction. Exposed surfaces have satin finish. Radius on
top corners of cabinet match corners and edges of door.
Door — 18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with 18-gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel door frame. Exposed surfaces have
satin finish. Front of door is drawn, one-piece, seamless construction and has same degree of arc as other Bobrick ConturaSeries
washroom accessories. Radius on corners and edges of door match top corners of cabinet and other ConturaSeries accessories.
Secured to cabinet with two rivets. Equipped with a flush tumbler lock keyed like other Bobrick washroom accessories.
Dispensing Mechanism, Inner Housing and Cam — 18-8 S, type-304, 18-gauge (1.2mm) stainless steel.
Spindles (2) — Heavy-duty, one-piece, molded ABS. Theft-resistant. Retained in dispensing mechanism when door is locked.
OPERATION:
Unit holds two standard-core toilet tissue rolls up to 5-1/4" (133mm) diameter (1800 sheets). Tissue rolls are loaded and locked into
dispensing mechanism. Extra roll automatically drops in place when bottom roll is depleted. Depleted rolls can only be removed after
unlocking door.
INSTALLATION:
For partitions with particleboard or other solid core, secure with four #10 x 5/8" (4.8 x 16mm) sheet-metal screws (not furnished) at
points indicated by an S, or provide through-bolts, nuts, and washers.
For hollow-core metal partitions, provide solid backing into which the sheet-metal screws can be secured. If two units are installed
back-to-back, then provide threaded sleeves and machine screws for the full thickness of partition.
For plaster or dry wall construction, provide concealed backing to comply with local building codes, then secure unit with sheet-metal
screws.
For other wall surfaces, provide fiber plugs or expansion shields for use with sheet-metal screws, or provide 3/16" (5mm) toggle bolts
or expansion bolts.
SPECIFICATION:
Surface-mounted multi-roll toilet tissue dispenser shall be type-304 stainless steel with all-welded construction, including dispensing
mechanism, inner housing and cam; exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. Front of toilet tissue dispenser door shall be drawn, one-
piece, seamless construction and shall have same degree of arc and match other Bobrick ConturaSeries® accessories in the washroom.
Radius on corners and edges of door and cabinet shall complement other Bobrick ConturaSeries® washroom accessories. Door shall
be secured to cabinet with two rivets and equipped with a flush tumbler lock keyed like other Bobrick washroom accessories. Unit
shall dispense two standard-core toilet tissue rolls up to 5-1/4" (133mm) diameter (1800 sheets). Extra roll shall automatically drop in
place when bottom roll is depleted. Unit shall be equipped with two theft-resistant, heavy-duty, one-piece, molded ABS spindles.
Surface-Mounted Multi-Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser shall be Model B-4288 of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.,
Clifton Park, New York; Jackson, Tennessee; Los Angeles, California; Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company,
Scarborough, Ontario; Bobrick Washroom Equipment Pty. Ltd., Australia; and Bobrick Washroom Equipment Limited,
United Kingdom.
The illustrations and descriptions herein are applicable to production as of the date of this Technical Data Sheet. Revised 4/27/11 Printed in U.S.A.

& Tea, userights
RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER & WASTE RECEPTACLE COMBO
ClassicSeries®
RECESSED CONVERTIBLE
AUTOMATIC UNIVERSAL ROLL
PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
B-3974
Technical Data AND WASTE RECEPTACLE
Finish Face of Wall

17-3/16"
435mm
2-15/16" 5-1/8" 3-15/16"
75mm 1" 130mm 100mm
Typ. 25mm 3"
S S Typ. S 75mm
Where Operable Parts Need to be 44" to 48" (1115 to 1220mm) Off the Floor
Door
Lock
Where Operable Parts Need to be 40" (1015mm) Off the Floor

2-9/16"
65mm 1" Dia.
25mm
Inlet for
Optional
Power Supply Cord
2"
50mm
59-1/2" (1505mm)
Automatic
57-1/2" (1460mm)
56" Paper Towel
1420mm Dispenser
54-1/8"
Flange 1375mm
37-3/8" Lock & Key

950mm
23"
585mm
Waste Receptacle
S S S
4-1/8"
15-3/16" 105mm
385mm
Finish Face of Floor
Rough Wall Opening

16" (405mm) wide
54-3/4" (1390mm) high
4" (102mm) minimum
recessed depth
MATERIALS:
Cabinet — 18-8, type-304, heavy-gauge stainless steel. Welded construction. Exposed surfaces have satin-finish. Equipped with a tumbler lock
keyed like other Bobrick washroom accessories.
Flange — 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin-finish. Drawn and beveled, one-piece, seamless construction.
Door — 18-8, type-304, 20-gauge (0.9mm) stainless steel with satin-finish. Drawn, one-piece, seamless construction. Secured to cabinet with full-
length, stainless steel piano-hinge. Equipped with a tumbler lock keyed like other Bobrick washroom accessories.
Automatic Roll Towel Dispenser — Durable, high-impact resin materials. Accepts universal standard-core, non-perforated rolls up to 8"
(205mm) wide, 8" (205mm) diameter. 800 ft (244 m) long. Dispenses one towel per dispense and can be set to dispense paper towels at three
different lengths. Accommodates up to 3-1/2" (90mm) diameter stub roll with automatic transfer to full roll.
Waste Receptacle — 18-8, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish. Edges hemmed for safe handling. Secured to cabinet
with a tumbler lock keyed like other Bobrick washroom accessories. Capacity: 12-gal. (45.5-L).
continued . . .
The illustrations and descriptions herein are applicable to production as of the date of this Technical Data Sheet. Rev. 12/5/14 Printed in U.S.A.

& Tea, userights
COAT HOOK
classicseries™ b-671
surface-mounted
Technical Data single robe hook b-6717
Specify Model Required:  Model B-671 Bright polished stainless steel
 Model B-6717 Satin-finish stainless steel
IS THIS FOR BOTH COAT HOOK &
ALTERNATE COAT HOOK...THERE
2"
50mm
2''
50mm
1/2''
Finish Face
of Wall
WASN’T ANOTHER COAT HOOK
IN DOCS REC’D
Typ. 13mm
off floor for barrier-free design

recommended mounting height
S
38'' to 40'' 965-1015mm

1-1/4''
35mm
Typ.
S
1/2'' Concealed Wall Plate

13mm Setscrew
materials:
Flange and Support Arm — 18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel. Concealed, 16-gauge (1.6mm) stainless steel
mounting bracket. All-welded construction. Secured to wall plate with stainless steel setscrew.
Concealed Wall Plate — 18-8 S, type-304, 16-gauge (1.6mm) stainless steel.
Cap — 18-8 S, type-304, 10-gauge (3.6mm) stainless steel. Welded to support arm.
installation:
To remove concealed wall plate from back of flange and mounting bracket, loosen setscrew. Mount wall plate so prongs are at
top; secure with two sheet-metal screws, furnished by manufacturer, at points indicated by an S. Engage mounting bracket onto
prongs of wall plate, then secure into position by tightening setscrew at bottom of flange.
For partitions with particle-board or other solid core, secure with sheet-metal screws furnished, or provide through-bolts, nuts,
and washers.
For hollow-core metal partitions, provide solid backing into which the furnished sheet-metal screws can be secured.
For masonry wall, provide fiber plugs or expansion shields for use with sheet-metal screws furnished, or provide 1/8" (3mm)
toggle bolts or expansion bolts.
For plaster or dry wall construction, provide concealed backing to comply with local building codes, then secure unit with
sheet-metal screws furnished.
specification:
Surface-mounted robe hook shall be type-304 stainless steel with __________ (insert one: bright polished, bright polished brass,
or satin) finish. Flange shall be 22 gauge (0.8mm) and equipped with concealed, 16-gauge (1.6mm) mounting bracket that is
secured to concealed, 16-gauge (1.6mm) wall plate with a stainless steel setscrew. Cap shall be 10 gauge (3.6mm), welded to
support arm. Manufacturer's service and parts manual shall be provided to the building owner/manager upon request.
Surface-Mounted Robe Hook shall be Model __________ (insert model number) of Bobrick Washroom Equipment,
Inc., Clifton Park, New York; Jackson, Tennessee; Los Angeles, California; Bobrick Washroom Equipment
Company, Scarborough, Ontario; Bobrick Washroom Equipment Pty. Ltd., Australia; and Bobrick Washroom
Equipment Limited, United Kingdom.
The illustrations and descriptions herein are applicable to production as of the date of this Technical Data Sheet. Revised 6/06 R/A S/C Printed in U.S.A.

& Tea, userights
WALL MOUNTED TOILET
AFWALL® FloWise®
1.28 GPF FLUSHOMETER TOILET SYSTEM
less EVERCLEAN ®
BARRIER FREE SELECTRONIC ® EXPOSED AC FLUSH VALVE
AFWALL® FloWise ® 1.28 GPF

FLUSHOMETER TOILET SYSTEM less EVERCLEAN ®
❏ 2257.712 1.28 gpf Exposed Top Spud Bowl
and Selectronic ® Exposed AC Flush Valve
BOWL:
• Wall-hung elongated flushometer valve toilet
• Vitreous china
• High Efficiency, Low Consumption. Operates in the
range of 1.1 gpf to 1.6 gpf (4.2 Lpf to 6.0 Lpf)
• Powerful direct-fed siphon jet action
• Fully-glazed 2-1/8" trapway
• Condensation channel
• 1-1/2" inlet spud
• 10" x 12" water surface area
• 100% factory flush tested
• Bolt caps and seat not included
• Model 2257.001
SELECTRONIC ® FLUSH VALVE:
• Electronic flush valve with Selectronic ® proximity
system for hygienic "Hands Free" operation
• Self-Cleaning Piston with integral wiper spring helps
prevent clogging and reduces maintenance
• Piston operation delivers superior flush accuracy and
repeatability
• Fully Mechanical Manual Override - allows valve to
flush during a power failure SEE REVERSE FOR ROUGHING-IN DIMENSIONS
• Fail-Safe Operation - valve automatically closes,
and does not need to be reset, on loss of power or High-Efficiency Toilet System
water pressure • 20% water savings when compared to 1.6 gpf
• Adjustable Sanitary Flush - valve automatically flushes toilet systems
after 24 hours of non-use to clean fixture & maintain
trap seal
• Chemical resistant EPDM seals are unaffected by System MaP Score:
chloramines • 1000 grams of miso @ 1.28 gpf
• Sensor & electronic controls are fully enclosed and
water resistant Operating Pressure:
• Range can be adjusted manually or with optional Overall Range: 20-125 psi**
remote control Recommended: 25 psi (flowing) - 80 psi (static)
• Includes UL approved hardwired AC transformer ** Water pressure over 80 psi is not
• Input Voltage: 100 - 250 VAC, 50 / 60 Hz. recommended for most plumbing fixtures.
Output Voltage: 6 VDC.
• Adjustable tailpiece for rough-in flexibility Flow Requirement:
• Can be installed left or right hand 25gpm (94.6 L/min.)
• Model 6067.121.002
Nominal Fixture Dimensions:
Includes: 660 x 356 x 381mm (26" x 14" x 15")
• 047007-0070A Inlet Spud (furnished with bowl)
• 1" I.P.S. angle stop with back-flow prevention and
vandal-resistant cap
• 1" Sweat solder kit including cover tube and wall flange
• Outlet includes 1-1/2" vacuum breaker with spud coupling
and flange
To Be Specified:
❏ Color: ❏ White
❏ Seat:
❏ American Standard #5901.100
Heavy duty open front less cover
❏ American Standard #5905.100
Extra heavy duty open front less cover
N95
© 2012 AS America Inc. 4/12

& Tea, userights
WALL HUNG LAVATORY
COMRADE™
WALL-HUNG LAVATORY
VITREOUS CHINA
BARRIER FREE
COMRADE™ WALL-HUNG LAVATORY
• Wall-hung sink
• Vitreous china
• Rear overflow
• Soap depression
• Faucet ledge (faucet not included)
❏ 0124.024 With wall hanger (Illustrated)

Faucet holes on 102mm (4") centers
❏ 0124.131 For concealed arms support

Faucet holes on 102mm (4") centers
Nominal Dimensions:
508 x 464mm
(20" x 18-1/4")
Bowl sizes:
381mm (15") wide 102mm
(4)
276mm (10-7/8") front to back 64mm

(2-1/2)
159mm (6-1/4") deep FINISHED 171mm
(6-3/4)
WALL
Compliance Certifications -
464mm
Meets or Exceeds the Following Specifications: (18-1/4)
• ASME A112.19.2 for Vitreous China Fixtures C/L
508mm
To Be Specified: (20) 8mm x 27mm
(5/16 x 1-1/16) SLOTS
❏ Color: ❏ White ❏ Bone ❏ Silver 419 mm 54mm (2-1/8) DIA.
HOLES FOR
❏ Faucet*: (16-1/2)
267mm
CONCEALED ARMS
❏ Faucet Finish: S-9 HANGER (10-1/2) 38mm
(1-1/2)
❏ Supplies:
❏ 1-1/4" Trap: 76mm 64mm
(2-1/2)
(3)
❏ Nipple:
❏ Concealed Arms Support (by others): *286mm 108mm
(4-1/4)
203mm
(8)
(11-1/4)
*235mm
11mm (7/16) DIA. (9-1/4)
* See faucet section for additional models available ANCHOR SCREW
*349mm HOLES
203mm
(13-3/4)
(8) SUPPLIES
AS REQ'D.
787mm (31)
MEETS THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT GUIDE- 864mm (34)
DRAIN PLUG WASTE
LINES AND ANSI A117.1 ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE OUTLET 1-1/4 O.D.
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES - CHECK LOCAL CODES. POP-UP WASTE
FINISHED
FLOOR
Top of front rim mounted 864mm (34") from finished floor. OUTLET 1-1/4 O.D.
NOTES:
*ARE
DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATION OF SUPPLIES AND “P” TRAP
SUGGESTED.
PROVIDE SUITABLE REINFORCEMENT FOR ALL WALL SUPPORTS.
FITTINGS NOT INCLUDED AND MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY.
IMPORTANT: Dimensions of fixtures are nominal and may vary within
the range of tolerances established by ANSI Standard A112.19.2. These
measurements are subject to change or cancellation. No responsibility is
assumed for use of superseded or voided pages.
M26
© 2008 AS America Inc. Revised 8/05

& Tea, userights
LAVATORY FAUCET
MONTERREY™ 0.35 GPM
TWO-HANDLE CENTERSET LAVATORY FAUCET
WITH CONVENTIONAL SPOUT
MODEL NUMBER:* CODES AND STANDARDS FLOW RATE*

5500.174 Centerset Lavatory These products meet or exceed the following 0.4
0.35 gpm Pressure Compensating, Vandal-Resistant codes and standards:
GALLONS PER MINUTE

Non-Aerated Spray. Vandal-Resistant Wrist Blade 0.3
handles. Less drain and pop-up hole. ANSI A117.1
ASME A112.18.1 0.2
CSA B 125
NSF 61/Section 9 and Annex G 0.1
CALGreen
0.0
20 40 60 80
INLET PRESSURE (PSI)
*Flow rates shown are for mixed hot and cold.
Finish
Polished
Product Chrome
298mm
Number Description 002
(11-3/4") Centerset Lavatory. 0.35 gpm/1.3L/min. pressure compensating vandal-resistant non-aerated spray.
5500.174 Vandal-Resistant Wrist Blade Handles. Less drain and pop-up hole.
98mm
(3-7/8") 95mm
(3-3/4")
MEETS THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT GUIDELINES
AND ANSI A117.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESSIBLE AND
USABLE BUILDING FACILITIES-CHECK LOCAL CODES
70mm
148mm (2-3/4") 44mm
35mm (5-13/16") (1-3/4")
(1-3/8")
MAX.
48mm
51mm (1-7/8")
22mm
(7/8")DIA. (2")
32mm
(1-1/4")DIA.
MOUNTING 1/2" NPSM
HOLES
102mm
(4")
GENERAL DESCRIPTION: PRODUCT FEATURES:

Durable cast brass construction throughout. 1/2" male threaded Meets CALGreen: 0.35 gpm/1.3 L/min. flow rate
inlet shanks with brass shank nuts and coupling nuts. 1/4 turn Pressure Compensating Spray: Provides a constant
ceramic disc valve cartridges. Vandal-Resistant Wrist Blade water flow of 0.35 gpm/1.3L/min. gpm throughout the
handles with blue & red color indexes. 0.35 gpm/1.3L/min. pressure range
maximum flow rate.
Solid Brass Construction: Durable - Excellent in high
use applications. Ideal for prolonged contact with water.
Ceramic Disc Valve Cartridges: Assures a lifetime of
drip-free performance.
Lead Free: Faucet contains ≤ 0.25% total lead content by
weighted average.
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION:
4" centerset lavatory faucet shall be cast brass construction with all brass shank nuts and coupling nuts. Shall feature
water-conserving, pressure compensating vandal-resistant 0.35 gpm/1.3L/min. non-aerated spray. Vandal-Resistant
wrist blade handles. Shall also feature 1/4 turn washerless ceramic disc valve cartridges. Fitting shall be American
Standard Model # 5500.174.002.
L103
© 2012 AS America Inc. 3/12

& Tea, userights
ART GUIDE
SETTING THE STANDARD
These guidelines provide you with the System Standards for The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf ® brand Wall Art for all
Area Developer markets. By standardizing these materials and programs we can assure that the brand is consistent
throughout the world and uphold our trademarks globally. All materials, marks and specifications have been
approved and are not to be altered from the parameters set forth in this document without the expressed written
consent of your Area Manager or Franchise Business Consultant.
Area Developers may use these materials beyond those recommendations proposed in this document, however they
must be approved by the designated representative of International Coffee & Tea, LLC (ICT). ICT owns all creative
assets, trademarks and intellectual property rights and reserves the rights to approve, deny or change any submitted
proposal.

ART GUIDE
AWAKEN THE POSSIBILITY IN YOUR DAY

Our brand strategy, “Awaken the possibility in your day,” should inform all of the art in our stores. Our goal
is to curate art that feels fun and uplifting, inspires curiosity and captures the real, authentic vibe of South-
ern California.
The vibe we create in our stores should be relaxed and welcoming, like the living room of a well-traveled,
educated friend with great taste and a laid back personality.
This guide is to help you provide a bespoke feeling to the stores, as well as help to buy brand appropriate
art from 3rd party vendors. This guide should be used in conjunction with our standard brand & marketing
assets.
THE DETAILS
Although there are a variety of ways to bring our brand strategy to life through the art we display, there are
certain qualities that every piece should have:
• Real and authentic

• Natural, fresh, bright
• Modern, relaxed, uplifting
• Sunlight and bold shadows
• Local cues (architecture, landscapes, plants)
• Organic or hand-made forms & textures
• Natural, light colors that reflect the hues of Southern California

WALL ART IMAGE LIBRARY

ART CONCEPTS - PEOPLE
Images are available to print individually

as long as they are grouped together
when composed on wall.

ART CONCEPTS - PRODUCT
Kaze Front Wall Gallery_B.indd 1 4/29/15 5:34 PM
Kaze Front Gallery_A.indd 1 4/29/15 5:22 PM
Kaze Front Gallery_K.indd 1 4/29/15 6:35 PM Kaze Front Gallery_M.indd 1 4/29/15 6:41 PM Kaze Front Gallery_H.indd 1 4/29/15 6:20 PM
Nihonbashi Side Wall Gallery_E.indd 1 4/29/15 2:29 PM


ART CONCEPTS - PLACES


ART CONCEPTS - CALIFORNIA
15MKT_FW_SeanF_Lifeguard2_36x36.pdf 1 1/16/15 3:23 PM
15MKT_FW_SeanF_PalmTrees2_36x36.pdf 1 1/16/15 3:30 PM
15MKT_FW_SeanF_Driftwood_36x36_CS4.pdf 1 1/16/15 3:16 PM
15MKT_FW_SeanF_Street_20 X 48.pdf 1 1/16/15 2:33 PM
15MKT_FW_SeanF_VeniceCA_48 X 20_CS4.pdf 1 1/16/15 2:09 PM

15MKT_FW_SeanF_PalmTrees_30x30_CS4.pdf 1 1/16/15 2:59 PM
15MKT_FW_SeanF_Malibu_30x30_CS4.pdf 1 1/16/15 3:08 PM
15MKT_FW_SeanF_Lifeguard_30x30.pdf 1 1/16/15 2:46 PM
IMAGES: This art works in a variety of

shapes and sizes. It can be printed as a
vinyl super graphic, wrapped canvas or
even matted and framed.

ART CONCEPTS - STATEMENTS
TOP TWO
FIND BORN & WHERE
O N LY T H E T H E O N LY
MIDDLE-MAN
WE KNOW
LEAVES AROUND
A BUD YOUR BREWED EVERY HERE IS THE
We select only the finest hand-plucked,

whole leaf teas.
FLAVOR
IN SOUTHERN
CALIFORNIA
SINCE 1963
BEANCOMES FROM
PURPLE
STRAW
Choosing to use only the top two leaves and a bud Before it was in fashion…
ensures we’re bringing you the highest quality product and
our founder Herb Hyman imported the finest beans
the world’s most vibrant flavors. It’s part of our heritage.
from around the world and roasted them in his store, For over 50 years we’ve been part of the Many coffee companies claim to We’re connected to the harvest.
educating customers along the way. He enjoyed
helping people “find their flavor,” going so far as Southern California landscape. search the world for the finest coffees,
Our ingredients are directly sourced from the best coffee
to create personalized blends and roasts for his yet very few do. farms and tea estates around the world without middle-
customers. Herb passionately pioneered the We’re serving up our premium coffees and teas and our men, wholesalers, or importer-exporters. It’s not only the
specialty coffee movement and established signature Ice Blended® drinks to loyal fans. We got our start At The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf®, we go to the source right thing to do; it allows us to serve the world’s finest,
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf® as the place to go for in L.A. -- the epicenter of pop-culture, where trends begin. of our coffee and guarantee that it is the highest quality most distinctive coffees and teas.
extraordinary quality and customer service. The city’s sunny energy, forward-thinking culture and casual obtainable on Earth.
friendliness can be experienced in all our stores
– and our people – all over the world.
©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements1_TwoLeaves ©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements7_FindFlavor ©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements4_BornBrewed ©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements2_EveryBean ©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements3_Middleman
COFFEE ROASTING
YO U R C O F F E E ’ S J O U R N E Y F R O M WITHERING YO U R T E A’ S J O U R N E Y F R O M
CHERRIES
SEED TO CUP T E A E S TAT E DRYING SEED TO CUP
GREEN
COFFEE BEANS F E R M E N TAT I O N
CUPPING

shapes and sizes. It can be printed as
a vinyl super graphic, wrapped canvas,
matted and framed or stand-off letters.

ART CONCEPTS - STORYTELLING 17COR_PS_CoffeeIcons.pdf 1 10/30/17 3:12 PM
& &
17MKT_PS_CoffeeStory_WallArt_v1_AW.indd 1 4/26/17 4:07 PM 17MKT_PS_LocalStory_WallArt_LA.indd 1 5/4/17 10:32 AM 17MKT_PS_TeaStory_WallArt_v1_AW.indd 1 4/26/17 4:09 PM
BALI BRAZIL
D
EN
T BL
AS
RO
HOUS E BLEND
1968

a vinyl, wrapped canvas, matted and
framed or stand off letters.

ART CONCEPTS - COLLAGE
SINCE
& SINCE
19 19
63 63

a vinyl, wrapped canvas, matted and
framed or stand off letters.

COMPOSITIONS USING
STATEMENT, SUPER GRAPHICS & MURALS

ART CONCEPTS - PASSION STATEMENT
IMAGES: These can be vinyl super

graphics, cut out letters, or printed on
canvas and framed.

ART CONCEPTS - SUPER GRAPHICS + MURALS
COFFEE ROASTING
YO U R C O F F E E ’ S J O U R N E Y F R O M WITHERING YO U R T E A’ S J O U R N E Y F R O M D
CHERRIES
EN
T BL
SEED CUP SEED CUP

AS
TO
RO
TO T E A E S TAT E DRYING HOUSE BLEND
1968
GREEN
COFFEE BEANS F E R M E N TAT I O N
CUPPING
IMAGES: These have been carefully

selected with cropping indicated to
show you the best way to utilize these
super-graphic for accent walls.

COMPOSITIONS USING
MULTIPLE COLLECTIONS

FORMATS - CALIFORNIA
FORMATTING OPTIONS
Single Large
15MKT_FW_SeanF_VeniceCA_48 X 20_CS4.pdf 1 1/16/15 2:09 PM

Square Frames
Multiple Rectangular Frames
Supergraphics
IMAGES: These have been carefully

selected with cropping indicated to
show you the best way to utilize these
supergraphic photos.

FORMATS - BEANISIM
FORMATTING OPTIONS
Single Large
FIND TOP TWO

O N LY T H E
Multiple Rectangular Frames

TOP TWO LEAVES
O N LY T H E
YOUR
Supergraphics
LEAVES A BUD
A BUD FLAVOR We select only the finest hand-plucked,
whole leaf teas.
We select only the finest hand-plucked, Choosing to use only the top two leaves and a bud
whole leaf teas. ensures we’re bringing you the highest quality product and
Before it was in fashion… the world’s most vibrant flavors. It’s part of our heritage.
Choosing to use only the top two leaves and a bud
ensures we’re bringing you the highest quality product and
the world’s most vibrant flavors. It’s part of our heritage. from around the world and roasted them in his store,
helping people “find their flavor,” going so far as
to create personalized blends and roasts for his
customers. Herb passionately pioneered the
specialty coffee movement and established
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf® as the place to go for
extraordinary quality and customer service.
©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements1_TwoLeaves
60”- 65” ©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements1_TwoLeaves
ab o ve 2’”10” ©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements7_FindFlavor
fin i
sh ed ab o ve
f
lo o r fin i
sh ed
f
lo o r
Single Large format Mulitple Framed format
FIND
YOUR
FLAVOR
Before it was in fashion…
from around the world and roasted them in his store,
customers. Herb passionately pioneered the
specialty coffee movement and established
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf® as the place to go for
extraordinary quality and customer service.
©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements7_FindFlavor
Super graphic format
IMAGES: These can be vinyl super

graphics, or printed on canvas and
framed.

FORMATS - MIXED MEDIA
FIND FIND FIND

YOUR YOUR YOUR
15MKT_FW_SeanF_PalmTrees_30x30_CS4.pdf 1 1/16/15 2:59 PM
Kaze Front Wall Gallery_E.indd 1 4/29/15 6:01 PM FLAVOR FLAVOR FLAVOR

Before it was in fashion…
from around the world and roasted them in his store, Before it was in fashion… Before it was in fashion…
our founder Herb Hyman imported the finest beans our founder Herb Hyman imported the finest beans
from around the world and roasted them in his store, from around the world and roasted them in his store,
customers. Herb passionately pioneered the educating customers along the way. He enjoyed educating customers along the way. He enjoyed
specialty coffee movement and established helping people “find their flavor,” going so far as helping people “find their flavor,” going so far as
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf® as the place to go for to create personalized blends and roasts for his to create personalized blends and roasts for his
extraordinary quality and customer service. customers. Herb passionately pioneered the customers. Herb passionately pioneered the
specialty coffee movement and established specialty coffee movement and established
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf® as the place to go for The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf® as the place to go for
extraordinary quality and customer service. extraordinary quality and customer service.
©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements7_FindFlavor
©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements7_FindFlavor ©2018 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All Rights Reserved. 17COR_PS_BrandStatements7_FindFlavor
IMAGES: An example of pairing a coffee

theme and Beanism with line drawing
visuals.

COMPOSITIONS USING
COLLAGE

FORMATS - COLLAGE
& SINCE
SINCE
19 19
63 63
IMAGES: Multiple panels in varying

sizes, some framed. This is intended to
be printed on wood or canvas.

FORMATS - HERITAGE COLLAGE
Tea Themed Section
Coffee Themed Section
IMAGES: Multiple panels in varying

sizes, some framed. This is intended to
be printed on wood or canvas.

FORMATS - FIND YOUR FLAVOR COLLAGE
Local Section
People Section
SINCE
19
Product Section 63
IMAGES: Ref Store Design Guidelines

for collage build out directions

FRAME SIZE & PLACEMENT

FORMATS - PLACEMENT
PRINTED ON WOOD
Multiple square frames on wall spaced evenly.

DO NOT OVERCROWD WALL.
TYPICAL SIZES: 30”x30”, 32”x32”
Create a gallery look with square frames. This frame style

works well with three to four images on a long wall.
WOODEN FRAMES
Multiple square frames on wall spaced
evenly.
These can be done as wooden frames with

the image on a canvas wrap or printed on
wood.

FORMATS - PLACEMENT
SQUARE BLACK
FRAMES WITH WHITE MATTE
Create a gallery look with square frames. This frame style

works well with three to four images on a long wall.
This example shows black frames, white mattes and

square cropped images.
SQUARE FRAMES NO MATTE

These can be done as wooden or metal frames with the

image on a canvas wrap.

FORMATS - PLACEMENT
MULTIPLE RECTANGULAR
FRAMES
Multiple rectangular frames on wall spaced evenly. Hung
vertically.
While important art should be hung in its own space,

grouping several works together can enrich the overall
2’”10”
ab o ve
experience. Using 3-4 framed images on a wall offers
fin i
sh ed flexibility.
f
lo o r

FORMATS - PLACEMENT
IRREGULAR
FRAME
COMPOSITION
Multiple irregular frames arranged on wall.
Hung vertically.
Spacing between frames to be similar.
TYPICAL SIZES: Varies
Mixing and matching shapes, sizes and subject matter

can create a very interesting visual composition. This
composition can be very attractive but requires a very
skilled selection of images and design.
Gathered collections of artwork should match in theme,

frame style and subject matter. While images from
different selections in the Image Library may be used
within one store, we do not recommend mixing these
different collections. We also recommend keeping
consistent whenever possible.

FORMATS - PLACEMENT
GROUPING AND WALL

SPACING
The gallery format consists of framed and non-framed
artwork placed so the line drawings and heritage
statement line up from one piece to the next.

FORMATS - SUPERGRAPHICS
Permanent Backwall.
SUPERGRAPHIC
CROPPING: Our advice is to utilize the graphic in a way
that does not use too much complexity or color. The
supergraphic in effect plays the role of “wallpaper” — it
is merely for color, texture and to add interest to an
otherwise blank wall.
LOCATION: do not overuse the supergraphics in any

store. They are merely to help frame up a room, add
interest to a blank wall at the end of a hallway — or wrap a
corner that needs an interesting graphic.
Tea Jars (selected section)
IMAGES: Please refer to the supergraphic

image section to aid in selecting the proper
image. We advise in using these on walls that
can be seen from a distance. Less is more.

FORMATS - HERITAGE MURAL
Black & White Full Color
D
L EN
TB
AS
RO
HOU SE BLE
ND
1968
Vertical Application Wood/ Laser Cut

HERITAGE MURAL
Uses: Our advice is to utilize the graphic as a main focal
image if space permits.
IMAGES: Please refer to Section 6 Interior

Elements, Pg6.24.

FORMATS - TOILE STORY
Black & White Color Ways
UNIVERSAL ACCENTS COLORS MUTED COLORS

Purple Straw 269 C 7448 C
The Coffee Bean Cream 9226 C 9226 C
The Coffee Bean Brown 4625 C 412 C
Surfer Tan 470 C 7525 C
Summer Sunset 7577 C 472 C
Swell Blue 321 C 7475 C
Dolphin Nose 7472 C 7493 C
Bean Green 377 C 5773 C
Tea Bud 366 C 578 C
Wood/ Laser Cut & Super Graphic In Situ. / Window Screening

TOILE STORY
Uses: Our advice is to utilize the graphic as a main focal
image if space permits. Files can be used as a full pattern
wallpaper, window cling, screening, as well as individual
super graphics.
Color ways are based of accent colors and have been

muted to tone down the intensity of the accent colors.

FORMATS - FRAME STYLE : 1
Solid oak frontline
B millwork veneer.
A Digital print art

on canvas stretcher frame.
Frame mounted to the wall.
Mitered Corner
B
Wood Frame
A Digital print art

on canvas
Wood to match stretcher frame.
frontline millwork Frame mounted
veneer. to the wall.
Digital print art
Wood to match
on canvas
frontline millwork
stretcher
veneer.
frame. Frame
mounted to the
wall.
IMAGES: Care should be taken not to

overload store walls.

FORMATS - FRAME STYLE: 2
Black painted frame,

semi gloss MDF or
composite.
Large Format Custom Frame

Black Frame
2”- 6” Wide
White Matt over digital print on paper.
Glass cover
Digital print canvas art on stretcher

frame. Frame mounted to the wall.
A Mitered Corner
Digital print canvas art on stretcher

frame. Frame mounted to the wall.
VARIES 2”, 4” OR 6”
Wood Frame
A
B Black painted frame,

Digital print on paper
with matt or canvas art
on stretcher frame.
semi gloss MDF or
VARIES 2”, 4” OR 6” composite.
VARIES 2”, 4” OR 6”

Baltic Birch
plywood with oak
veneer to match
frontline on
A outside edges.
Digital print
canvas art on
stretcher frame.
Frame mounted
to the wall.
B
Mitered Corner
Large format Print,

Custom
Light Oak Frame
A
6” Wide
B
Wood Frame Baltic Birch
plywood with
exposed edge. Digital print
canvas art
on stretcher
frame. Frame
mounted to
the wall.
Veneer to match
wood on front line

CANVAS WRAPPED
FRAMES
Create the art gallery look with Canvas Wrapped
Frames, the latest contemporary presentation trend. The
print extends around the sides of the canvas, which is
precision-folded and attached to the back—not the sides—
of the stretcher frame. Canvas Wrapped Frames will look
amazing as a stand-alone work of art.
Typical sizes:
• 24” X 36” (3 or 4 per wall as shown)

• 24” X 24” (3 or 4 per wall)
• 36” X 36” (2 to 4 per wall)
• 48”X 36” (single frame per wall)
Depths:
Vary: 1.5” — 3”
Backside view
Canvas is wrapped
Canvas is wrapped around a around a 1.5” - 3” thick
1.5” - 3” thick wood frame. wood frame.


FORMATS - WALL ART LOCATIONS
BATHROOM ARTWORK
Artwork can be located in bathrooms. Care should
be taken not to crowd or distract from promotional
posters. Do not use beverage images in bathrooms.
MERCHANDISE
Wall art may be hung on blank walls around
merchandisers to add interest and show off brand
prototypes. Care should be taken not to overcrowd
merchandisers or distract from promo posters.
WINDOWS/DOORS
DO NOT place or hang ARTWORK on glass or doors.
HALLWAYS
ARTWORK in back hallway near bathroom.
SOFFIT
ARTWORK and frames can be placed on a soffit
above front line. DO NOT place artwork over paneled
wood soffits (i.e. Heritage or Original).
MILL WORK
DO NOT place ARTWORK over front line millwork.
BACKLINE
DO NOT hang ARTWORK in the backline
CONDIMENT COUNTER
ARTWORK can be placed behind the condiment
counter but care should be taken not to crowd a
community board or other community artwork.
BACK OF HOUSE
DO NOT place ARTWORK in BACK OF HOUSE.
THE COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF ®
STORE/OUTLET
*NOTE: DO NOT place ARTWORK or framed art in high traffic

areas where they might constrict path of travel or be in the way.
IMAGES: DO NOT place ARTWORK or

framed art in high traffic areas where they
might constrict path of travel or be in the way.

FORMATS - WALL ART LOCATIONS
BATHROOM ARTWORK
Artwork can be located in bathrooms. Care should
be taken not to crowd or distract from promotional
posters. Do not use beverage images in bathrooms.
MERCHANDISE
Wall art may be hung on blank walls around
merchandisers to add interest and show off brand
prototypes. Care should be taken not to overcrowd
merchandisers or distract from promo posters.
WINDOWS/DOORS
DO NOT place or hang ARTWORK on glass or doors.
HALLWAYS
ARTWORK in back hallway near bathroom.
SOFFIT
ARTWORK and frames can be placed on a soffit
above front line. DO NOT place artwork over paneled
wood soffits (i.e. Heritage or Original).
MILL WORK
DO NOT place ARTWORK over front line millwork.
BACKLINE
DO NOT hang ARTWORK in the backline
CONDIMENT COUNTER
ARTWORK can be placed behind the condiment
counter but care should be taken not to crowd a
community board or other community artwork.
BACK OF HOUSE
DO NOT place ARTWORK in BACK OF HOUSE.
THE COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF ®
STORE/OUTLET
IMAGES: DO NOT place ARTWORK or

framed art in high traffic areas where they
might constrict path of travel or be in the way.

FORMATS - SUPERGRAPHIC LOCATIONS
Supergraphics to go from floor to

ceiling if possible at the back of
store or in a high visibility part of
store.
Place supergraphics in a corner at

back of store.
Supergraphic placed at the front of

store can be behind the condiment
counter — but care should be taken
not to place behind a community
board or other artwork.
The Coffee Bean & Tea Leaf ® Store/Outlet

FORMATS - SUPERGRAPHIC
WALL MOUNTING INDUSTRY TIPS FOR APPLICATION
FIND A WELL ESTABLISHED VENDOR. Identifying the proper installation hardware for large- Just like your last paint job the result and longevity of the work is dependent on the how well the
format print projects can be challenging considering the wealth of application options, the surface was prepared. The install surface must be clean, smooth, dry, undamaged, free of mold,
substrates used and the environments in which they will call “home.” mildew, grease or stains, and structurally intact. Testing the surface with a sample of the adhesive
material to be applied is always preferred.
Too new: By far, the most common reason for

failure in applied supergraphics is application on
freshly painted surfaces. Just because it’s dry to
the touch doesn’t mean it’s ready for your vinyl
graphics. Like solvent inkjet prints, most paint used
for interior walls includes VOCs* that evaporate or
“outgas” over time. If you apply vinyl over uncured
paint, the VOCs trapped under the vinyl begin to
chemically interact with the adhesive. This usually
results in a rapid degradation of the adhesive
leading to failure. It literally falls off the wall!
However, the opposite problem can also occur. The

We recommend using high definition on 3M Controltac Films. The film is easy to solvents can chemically bond with the adhesive
install without added adhesives and can be removed cleanly. and fuse the vinyl to the wall so that it is no longer
removable. That failure won’t be clear until the end-
One of the key ingredients to success in digital printing is the use of the correct ICC user decides to remove and replace the graphic, at
Profile. Using the wrong profile can cause color shifts and production problems. which time they’ll also remove a big chunk of paint
What is an ICC profile, how does it work, and how does it affect print quality? and probably replace you on their list of trusted
installers. How do you avoid these problems?
ICC stands for International Color Consortium, an industry group devoted to Simply give fresh paint adequate time to cure
standardizing color in commercial printing applications. An ICC profile is an element before decorating with vinyl. Two weeks are the
in RIP (Raster Image Software) software that allows the software to coordinate the recommended wait time.
physical attributes of your printer, print head, ink, and media to obtain correct and
consistent color. Too good: What if you’ve allowed proper time for
the paint to cure and your vinyl graphic still won’t
stay stuck? Is the paint “good”? In other words, too
fancy? High end interior paints like the Glidden
Premium Collection have additives designed
to make them stain resistant and easy to clean.
Large format printing demo - not our artwork
3M Products Unfortunately, those stain resistant additives are
http://solutions.3m.com/wps/portal/3M/en_US/Graphics/3Mgraphics/ also adhesive resistant and can defeat successful
application of vinyl graphics.
3M Supergraphics - more info on production and installation
http://solutions.3m.com/wps/portal/3M/en_US/Graphics/3Mgraphics/Applications/
InteriorEnvironments/

FORMATS - FRAMES
FRAME MOUNTING
LOCATE FRAME ON WALL. Position brackets for even spacing along top
frame extrusion, to support the frame.
Attach brackets to wall using 2 short anchors and approx. 1” screws.

Place frame on brackets, insuring proper support. Brackets will slide
directly into the frame extrusion’s channel; no “plate” is required for
metal frames.
HT-lock in mounting plate PLACE FRAME ON BRACKETS, INSURING PROPER SUPPORT.
Now, find the exact center of the bottom of the frame (width and length),
and mark this spot on the wall.
Remove frame from wall. Using long plastic anchor, insert T-screw until
it extends 1/2” out of the wall. Re-hang frame on brackets, tilting the
bottom of the frame away from wall in order to see T-screw. Align “T”
head so that it fits directly into the center of the bottom frame extrusion.
While the frame should be nearly flush to wall, a little space between
frame and wall is normal.
From below the picture frame, turn “T” screw 90 degrees using special
“T-Lock” wrench. Frame is now secure.
To use Frame-Lock Security Hangers on a wood picture frame, a second

matching bracket (included in wood frame sets) must be attached to the
back side of the frame’s top rail. Metal sectional frames do not need any
hardware to be placed on the frame itself--the “universal” channel on
the back side of the metal frame accepts the bracket flange and T-Head
screw.
RECOMMENDED TOOLS:
Security Wrench

for vendor info.

for vendor info. STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES : March 23, 2021


21 CBLT StoreDesignGuidelines

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

21 CBLT StoreDesignGuidelines

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

21 CBLT StoreDesignGuidelines

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

THE COFFEE BEAN & TEA LEAF®

STORE DESIGN GUIDELINES

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

ABOUT THIS GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS

6. INTERIOR ELEMENTS 6.1 - 6.23

9. ART GUIDE 9.1-9.43

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

Get more info on our brand –

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

This is the story of waking up every morning

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

Coffee & Tea Excellence Relaxed Optimism Personal & Personable

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

SITE CRITERIA @ 1 MILE

$55,000+ $75,000+ 15% +

MEDIAN HH AVERAGE HH BA DEGREE 2.45 AVERAGE

CPD PRIMARY CPD SECONDARY

Get more info on our brand –

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

Awaken the possibility

Our retail experience expresses the idea of Southern California culture

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

Passionate warm FRESH

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

COLOR PANTONE / PMS PAINT

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

COLOR PANTONE / PMS PAINT

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

Standards for how our logos are used are detailed in

™ or ® is not required on exterior signage.

PRIMARY/ STACKED DRIVE THRU BOX / WITH WAY-FINDING

X NEVER alter, reformat, or distort

For more on how to use logos,

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

HELLO BEAUTIFUL MARKER

NOTE: Store exterior signage shall be

© 2019 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

AUTHENTIC RELAXED FRESH

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

5. Umbrellas 9. Product show case shelves 10. Heritage Mural

Get more info on our brand –

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

7. Community Table/ Seating 8. Lounge Seating 9. Product show case shelves

10. Heritage Mural 11. Condiment Bar In-Store Storytelling

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

© 2021 International Coffee & Tea, LLC. All rights reserved-

Note that other specialty formats,